GENERALIZATIONS OF STEINBERG GROUPS
SERIES IN ALGEBRA Editors: J. M. Howie, D. J. Robinson, W. D. Munn Vol. 1: Infinite Groups and Group Rings ed. J. M. Corson et al. Vol. 2: Sylow Theory, Formations and Fitting Classes in Locally Finite Groups M. Dixon Vol. 3: Finite Semigroups and Universal Algebra J. Almeida
GENERALIZATIONS OF STEINBERG GROUPS
T A Fournelle K W Western Weston Department of Mathematics University of Wisconsin-Parkside USA
World Scientific Singapore »New Jersey • London • Hong Kong
Published by World Scientific Publishing Co. Pte. Ltd. P O Box 128, Fairer Road, Singapore 912805 USA office: Suite IB, 1060 Main Street, River Edge, NJ 07661 UK office: 57 Shelton Street, Covent Garden, London WC2H 9HE
Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data Foumelle, T. A. (Thomas A.) Generalizations of Steinberg groups / T.A. Fournelle, K.W. Weston. p. cm. -- (Series in algebra; v. 4) Includes bibliographical references (p. 225-226) and index. ISBN 9810220286 (alk. paper) 1. Group theory--Relations. I. Weston, K. W. (Kenneth W.) II. Title. III. Series: Series in algebra ; vol. 4. QA174.2.F68 1996 512'.55-dc20 96-29046 CIP
British Library Cataloguing-in-Publication Data A catalogue record for this book is available from the British Library.
Copyright © 1996 by World Scientific Publishing Co. Re. Ltd. All rights reserved. This book, or parts thereof, may not be reproduced in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, recording or any information storage and retrieval system now known or to be invented, without written permission from the Publisher.
For photocopying of material in this volume, please pay a copying fee through the Copyright Clearance Center, Inc., 222 Rosewood Drive, Danvers, MA 01923, USA. In this case permission to photocopy is not required from the publisher.
This book is printed on acid-free paper.
Printed in Singapore by Uto-Print
For
KATIE AND ISABELLE
This page is intentionally left blank
Preface This book axose out of the joint work of the authors over the last six years. Some others have joined in this work at various times. Of these, Said Sidki has invested the greatest amount of effort. The direct origin of the book is a 1968 paper by the second author. A more recent paper in 1985 reawakened his interest in the subject. The first author became interested after this and with the help of the group theoretic programming language CAYLEY was able to shed some light on what groups admit verbal embeddings. While verbal embeddings at first seemed to be rather rare, computer calculations suggested that they were rather common. Moreover, the groups that appeared seemed very interesting. At this point the concept of verbal embedding was transformed into the concept of a linkage group and this was considered a method of constructing groups. In order to describe further the groups that arise as linkage groups the authors were naturally led to the concept of a linkage Lie algebra and its associated Lie group. This in turn became to be considered as a method of constructing (usually infinite dimensional) Lie algebras. This book describes all of the above concepts and many of the computer calculations and algorithms that led to these concepts. Some of the proofs may be a bit longer than they have to be. However, it seemed important in some sections to lengthen a proof to add clarity. The notation is generally standard and follows that of the books of D.J.S. Robinson which are listed in the bibliography. Note that functions and operators act on the right. Although some people feel uncomfortable with this, it seems natural to at least one of the authors. Although the main intent of this work is to construct certain types of groups from a combinatorial point of view, it touches on many algebraic topics. These topics include finite simple groups, classical Lie algebras, infinite dimensional Lie algebras, the combinatorial theory of groups and algebras, Steinberg groups, and logic. However, it deals with these topics in a nonstandard manner. Thus, this work is somewhat experimental. It is hoped that it will be found interesting and useful. Department of Mathematics University of Wisconsin-Parkside
vii
This page is intentionally left blank
Contents 1
Verbal Embeddings 1.1 Introduction 1.2 Basic Theorems 1.3 General Verbal Embeddings
1 1 7 13
2 Linkage Graphs and Linkage Groups 2.1 Linkage Graphs and Linkage Groups 2.2 Linkage Graphs From Verbal Embeddings 2.3 Steinberg Groups and Graphs 2.4 Constant Groups That Cannot Arise 2.5 Regular Actions on Linkage Graphs 2.6 Sporadic Groups and Linkage Groups 2.7 Counter Examples
21 21 28 34 38 44 46 49
3
Combinatorics in Linkage Groups 3.1 Free Products With Amalgamation 3.2 The Collection Process 3.3 Termination of the Collection Process 3.4 The Normal Form Theorem 3.5 Consequences of the Normal Form Theorem 3.6 Standard Linkage Graphs
63 63 71 74 80 81 84
4
Linkage Lie Algebras and Groups 4.1 The Exponential Map 4.2 Generators and Relations in Lie Algebras 4.3 The Heptagonal Algebra 4.4 A Description of G2 4.5 The Isomorphism Between £7 and G2
ix
95 95 109 116 120 139
x
Contents
5 Combinatorics In Linkage Lie Algebras 5.1 The Reduction Process
143 143
6
155 155 156 165 172 176 183 189 192
Computer Calculations 6.1 Introduction 6.2 The Adjoint Representation of £7 6.3 The Adjoint Representation of Gi 6.4 The Isomorphism Between £7 and G2 6.5 Embedding Z 2 in A5 6.6 Embedding of Z 3 into S9 6.7 Verbal Embedding of Z2 into [7(3,3) 6.8 The Relations in G 2 (2)'
7 Questions
221
References
225
Index
227
List of Figures 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
A Basic Linkage Linkage Graph for ST(3,R) Linkage Graph for ST(4,R) Truncated Cube Heptagon Hexagon 1 Hexagon 2 Subgraph 1 Subgraph 2 Subgraph 3 Subgraph 4 Subgraph 5
22 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Linkage Graph 1 Linkage Graph 2 Linkage Graph 3 Linkage Graph 4 Basic Piece Basic Piece Heptagonal Linkage Graph Vertex Tree 1 Vertex Tree 2
68 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93
1
Hexagonal Linkage Graphs
113
1
Linkage Graph for A 5
181
2
Truncated Dodecahedron
182
xi
This page is intentionally left blank
List of Tables 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6
Lie Multiplication Table Heptagonal Lie Multiplication Table Heptagonal Lie Multiplication Table Characteristic 3 Lie Multiplication Table Partial Multiplication Table for G2 Adjoint Table for G2
xiii
98 117 118 120 122 138
Chapter 1 VERBAL EMBEDDINGS 1.1
Introduction
In a classic paper Malcev [17] described a correspondence "JV" from the class of non-associative rings to a certain class of nilpotent groups of class 2. This correspondence yielded an embedding of the elementary theory of rings into the elementary theory of these groups. In this correspondence if R is a ring and a,b £ R, then a+b (ring addition) corresponds to X(a)-X(b) (group multiplica tion) and ab (ring multiplication) corresponds to [Xa(a), -X^(fc)] where a and /? are operators and [x,y] denotes the group commutator [x,y] = x~1y~1xy. (For a further discussion see Weston [27],[28].) This enabled Malcev to show the existence of certain nilpotent groups of class 2 with algorithmically undecidable theories. Inspired by Malcev's result, Weston and others ([7],[8],[9],[10]) have studied certain embeddings of rings into groups but for different reasons. Their initial object of study was the verbal embedding. Definition 1. Letxy denote the group conjugate y~xxy. Let R be a (not necessarily associative) ring and G a group. A verbal embedding of R into G using the encoding word w(x,y) = [xa,yh] to encode ring multiplication is an injective map <j>:R-^{Rt',a,b)
1
2
Verbal Embeddings
However, rather than logical questions, we will be interested in the structure of the normal closure of i?* in G for a verbal embedding. We will indeed try to construct the freest such group and determine its combinatorial structure. Note that in [10] the term verbal embedding was used in a more general sense to describe verbal embeddings by words that are possibly more complicated than the word we are using here. We will briefly discuss this more general setting in section 1.3. We begin with some concrete examples. Example 1. Let F be any field and let G = SL(3, F). Let
A== A
/ -1 0 \V 0o
0 0 \\ / 0 1 00 \ (0 \ 0 1 ,B ,B== 1 00 0 . 1l 0o) / \ 0o o0 -- 11 / / 0
■
A simple calculation shows that if
r* = r* =
/ 1 0 r \ 0 10 \\o 0 0o \i))
then (/ 1 rr 0 \\ /( 1 0 00 \ (s+)BB = = 0 1 1 s * \.. and (s*) {r*)A = = 0 0 11 0 \\ 0o 0o i )l) \ o 0o i1 // \0 Thus, [{r*)A,(s*)B] = (ra)* and r^s* = (r + a)*. Hence,
: F -» G is a verbal embedding and the constant group C = (A, B) is the symmetric group of degree 3. Example 2. Let R be a ring. The Steinberg Group n > 3, is the group generated by the symbols
Ar) where
X, %ij(r)
1 < ii^J ^ j < n and r 6eR, R,
ST(n,R),
3
1.1 Introduction
together with the relations xx^r)r s r xitj(s) s),forforallallr , sr,sG GR,R, i,j( ) '■xi,j( ) ==xiAXiAr ++s)>
[xitj(r), xXj,k(s)] [xiAr), jik(s)] = xi}k (rs) for all r,s£ [xiAr)i
x
h,k{s)) =
e
R and i ^/ k,
(tr*e group identity) , r,s £ R, and j ^ h,i ^ k.
(See [24], [25]) If Sn is the symmetric group of degree n, then Sn acts on ST(n, R) as follows: x*«*j( r a r)°
iA )
o r a11 = sx(i)o,{j)a(r), all aa € € snSn. = (( r )' ffor
Let aa = (2,3),/? = '(1,2) (1,2) € 55„. . . Then, [xi, 3 (r)aa,x ,a;li3li(sf] 3(s)^] = = x 1x| 3h3(rs). [xi,3{r) (rs). Hence, if G is the split extension of ST(n, R) by "3 Sn then ')";
4>:R^G ■G („\ )(r) •-»■ %iA r>■ <->■ xi <3 r
is a verbal embedding with encoding word w(x,y) = [x",y^]. The constant group is C = (a, 0) =1 S 3 . The normal closure of R+ in G is ST(n, R). The Steinberg Group is, of course, a generalization of the Special Linear Group SL(n7R) where Xij(r) is playing the role of the elementary matrix Eij(r), that is, the matrix with r in row i and column j , 1 in each diagonal entry, and 0 elsewhere. The mapping ST(n ,,R)- >SL(n,R) ST(n,R)~^SL(n,R) ,R) j(r) >-> M• EiAr) Xi, x^r) EiAr) „
.
,
is a homomorphism. The Steinberg groups have themselves been generalized and discussed in many different contexts. (See for example [6],[19].) The groups which are the object of study of this book are generalizations of the Steinberg Group although the generalization is in a direction that is a bit different from others. Some of the first questions considered in the study of verbal embeddings were:
4
Verbal Embeddings
• What groups arise as constant groups of verbal embeddings? The above examples show that S3 can arise in this fashion. • Suppose that R is a subring of S and that R can be verbally embedded using a given constant group. Then can S be embedded using the same constant group? • More generally, if C serves as a constant group for a verbal embedding of a particular ring, then can C be used to embed an arbitrary ring?
We will be able to answer these questions as we proceed. However, our focus will gradually change. Our ultimate question will be the structure of a group in which a ring is verbally embedded. We will then view the verbal embedding as a tool to construct groups. In that setting verbal embeddings will exhibit behavior similar to free products with amalgamation. As we proceed we will usually assume that the rings we are dealing with contain an identity. This is not a real restriction since in most situations we will be able to show that if R is a subring of S and R can be verbally embedded using the constant group C, then S can be embedded using the same C, and the group in which R is embedded is a subgroup of the group in which S is embedded. Every ring can be embedded in a ring with identity (In fact, Alexander Lichtman informs us that there are many such embeddings depending on what sort of rings one considers. For the sake of completeness we will give a very general embedding below.). Hence without any loss of generality we will usually be able to assume that all of our rings have an identity. Lemma 1.1.1. Every ring can be embedded in a ring with identity.
Proof. A ring is, of course, an algebraic structure with two operations. The operation of addition forms an abelian group and there are right and left distributive laws relating addition and multiplication. We are making no further assumptions about, for example, the associativity of multiplication. Let R be a ring without a multiplicative identity. Let Z be the ring of
1.1 Introduction
5
integers. For TI 6 Z, and r € f i w e define the following standard operation: 0 nr — <
rH
if ra = 0 + r if n > 0
N n times
-{{-n)r)
if n < 0
This operation clearly makes R a Z—module. Now let S be the set of ordered pairs {(n,r) | n € Z , r Si?} with operations (n, r) + (m, s) = (n+ rn,r + s) (n, r)(m, s) = (nm, ns + mr + rs). Clearly, the operation of addition in S forms an abelian group with identity (0,0). We must now check the distributive laws: (n, r) ((m, s) + (k, t)) = (n, r)(m + k,s + t) = ~ (n(m + k), n(s + t) + (m + k)r + r(s + t)) = = (nm + nk, ns + nt + mr + kr + rs + rt) = . = (nm, ns + mr + rs) + (nk, nt + kr + rt) = = (n,r)(m,s)
+
(n,r)(k,t)
The other distributive law is also easily verified. Now we have :R^S r — i ► (0,r)
It is easy to see that <j> is one-to-one and that (r + s)* = r* + s4 and (rs)* = r^s*.
Verbal Embeddings
6
Thus, R is embedded in the ring S and in 5" we have (l,0)(m,r) = (m,r) and (ro,r)(l,0) = (m,r). Thus, R is embedded in S which is a ring with identity. □
Initially it was thought that verbal embeddings were rather rare and that the only examples were essentially those given above. However, through the use of CAYLEY, the group theoretic programming language, it was found that verbal embeddings are actually rather common. For example, 25 of the 26 sporadic simple groups admit verbal embeddings of at least one finite field. Our next example shows that the cyclic group of order 7 can occur as a constant group in a verbal embedding and that the group in which the embedding takes place need not be SL or ST. This example was discovered by Fournelle using CAYLEY. Example 3. Let G = £^3(3) be the group of all 3 x 3 unitary matrices of determinant 1 over the field GF(9). Hence if x — i ► ~x = x3 is the field auto morphism of order 2 then G consists of those 3 x 3 matrices U of determinant 1 over GF(9) such that U'1 = if. (See [4] or [13].) Now let u be a primitive element in GF(9) and let / 1 w6 w 3 \ X = w2 1 u \ u w3 0 , and / w3 u? w4 \ A= w8 wT w» . \ W6
W4
LJ5 j
It may be checked that X has order 2 and that A has order 7. Also, [XA~\XA]
=X and
G={A,X).
It now follows that :R^(R*,C)
= U3(3)
1.2 Basic Theorems
7
is a verbal embedding where R is the ring of integers modulo 2, C = (A) is cyclic of order 7, and 0* ==
/ 1 0 0 \ 0 1 0 and 1* = X. \\o 0 o 0 i1 j/
These calculations will be checked later when we describe computer applications to this theory. It will also be shown later that cyclic groups Cn of order n, for all n > 7, can arise as constant groups for verbal embeddings of arbitrary rings. Note that the group C/3(3) can also be thought of as G2(2)' (see [4]). Let F be any finite field. Then the Lie group G2 (F) is a finite simple group (Except in the case where F is of order 2. In this case G2{F)' is a finite simple group.) This suggests that it may be possible to embed R into G2(R) using the constant group CV. This is indeed the case as we well see later. This also suggests a possible connection of verbal embeddings to Lie Groups and possibly Lie Algebras. We will also see later that this is the case. 1.2
Basic Theorems
Our first result is a criterion for the non-embeddability of rings with identity into certain types of groups. The result can be extended as described in the next section. Recall that a perfect group is a group that is equal to its commutator subgroup. Theorem 1.2.1. Let R be a ring with identity and let <:R^G j>:R- + G
be a verbal embedding using the encoding word [xa, yb]. Then the normal closure of R* in (R*,a, b) is perfect. Proof. Let 1 be the identity of R, and let r be any element of R. Let N be the normal closure of R* in {R^^a^). Since \yt>*g r #>9] uHg #>91 _ M n 0" >" s —^9j.^9 r #>i9 r ^ l—
8
Verbal Embedding!
for all g € N, it follows that every generator of TV is a commutator, and thus N is perfect. □ The following result, though obvious, is sometimes important. Corollary 1.2.2. No ring with identity can be verbally embedded in a solvable group. The next result indicates the basic role played by the Steinberg Groups in this theory. Theorem 1.2.3. Let R be a ring with identity and let
4>:R-*G :R-*G be a verbal embedding using the encoding word \xa,yb\M where
a2 = b2 = {abf = e. Then the normal closure ofR^ in (R^, a, b) is homomorphic image of ST(Z, R). Proof. Denote normal closure of R* in (jR*,a, 6) by N. For r £ R denote r* by r. The constant groupJ- C = (a, b) is isomorphic to S3 via the map _ ^ — J -^ — J. — _^,J . — ( 1l ,,22 ) »K++ aO,,((22,,33)) iI-- »» 6 .. We define a map * : ST(3, R) -> N by xi,3(r) >-* >-> rr xi,a(r) xi,2(r) *-* f*
Z2,3(r) i-> h-t-r°f° £2,3(r) x3,2(r)"rwab f° 6 *s*(r) ba 60
*z 33 ,i(r) , i ( r ) H-> H-> F*r
abab bab z 2 ,i(r) xo.r . l(r)^r^
Using the following it is easy to check that ^ is a homomorphism: a6..(1,3) (2,1,3) H-* ab, (1,3) H* >-►aaba, 6a..(1, (1,2,3) a6a6. 1,3) H* 2,3) H^>-►abab. (2,J
(1.1)
1.2 Basic Theorems
9
The need to organize expressions such as (1.1) has led to the concept of the linkage graph which will be further discussed in subsequent chapters. For now it suffices to say that the linkage graph will give us a more visual way of describing relations that arise from verbal embeddings. We now prove another result concerning the structure of a group in which a ring is verbally embedded. Note that the upper unitriangular matrices over a ring consists of matrices with 1 down the diagonal and 0 below the diagonal. Since any ring can be embedded in a ring with 1 we can form upper unitriangular matrices over any ring R by taking matrices with 1 down the diagonal, 0 below the diagonal and entries from R above the diagonal, and this can be done for any ring R, even rings without identity. If we let U(R) denote the 3 x 3 upper unitriangular matrices over R then we may think of U(R) as the set {(r,s,t) | r, s,t £ R] with operation (r,s,t)(r',s',t') s,t)(r'., y (r,
rt',t + + t'). t'). r',,s + s'■++rt',t ,*o === (r ++ r',s
The triple (r, s, t) corresponds to the matrix
M [W'X ° /I
r 1 0 1/ o i/ *
\o Vo
■
Proposition 1.2.4. / / R is a ring with identity and : R —* G verbal embedding using the encoding word [xa,yb], then the subgroup N = (R^11, R^} is nilpotent of class 2. In fact, N is isomorphic to U(R), the group of 3 x 3 upper unitriangular matrices over R. Proof. Denote r* by r for all r £ R. Since (R, +) is abelian it follows for all r,s g R and all x € G that M = [F,s]* [F,sf = [[F*,n F*,n ee == M
(1.2)
Recall the standard commutator identities [xy,z] = [x,z] [[x,z],y] [y,z], [y,z],
(1.3)
10
Verbal Embedding)
(1.4) (1.4)
[x,yz] [a;, yz] = = [x,z] [z,z] [x,y] [x,y] [[x,y],z]. [[*,»],*]. Using (1.3) and (1.2) we have for any r,s G R r -s = r + s = (r + s) ■ -11==[{r[(r++s)s) ,!"] , 1 ]== = [P.S«,T*] = [r-,l 6 ][[f«,T*],6-][5-,T*] = = f • [7^,3°] [7% 5°] --s.S.
It follows that [r,*"] = e for all r, s € i2. . Similarly, using (1.4) and (1.2) we have fr ■■ s == = rr++ ss == 11•• (r + s) s) = = P",(r [T, (r++ s) ] =
•tl«
= [T, [ T r" > ••*.»] [T,3*] [T,f»] [[T,J*],3»] = S\6] = [F,3*] [T r»][[T,f"»] ,3*] = ~s\f, sb]. = s •• r[r,5*] r [r, 5*]== rr ■•s[r,s*]. It follows that [r, s6] = e for all r, s £ R. Thus R is central in N. Since i? = ffi",/? ] = TV' it follows that N is nilpotent of class at most 2. However, e ^ l = [ T a , l ] € 7 V ' and therefore, TV is nilpotent of class exactly 2. Now suppose that x £ RDR^1. Then x = f° = s for some r, s £ R. Then F = r , T t ] = [5,T*] = e. Thus, ~R n i? is trivial. Similarly, JR n i f and i f D 7? are both trivial. Now define the mapping
i> :U{R) U{R) -*-*NN V>: Ei,3(r)
i-> f
^ i , 2 ( r ) (-> f ° £2,3(1") (->■ r*.
The mapping 0 is a homomorphism. Suppose that X is in the kernel of if> where A: X ==
/ 1 r s ^\ / 11 00 0 0\ /\ 1 / l r r 00 \ \ // 11 00 aa \ 0 11 *i = 00 11 ** 0 01 01 0 00 11 0 \ o 0 1 / \ o 0 1 ; o iJ 1/ \ o o i / \ o o i / Vvoo 0 o i1y/ \ oo 0
1.2 Basic Theorems
11
Then A"* = tb • f° • s = e. Hence, I* • F* is in i!. It follows that r° ■ t is in S is therefore central in JV. From (1.2) and (1.3) we have ee=[r°?,t} = [r°?,t} = = [r [raa,t][[r°Xl?}\?,?} ,t][[r°X},?}\?,?} = = — r[r,t] r[r,t] — — r.r. Since is one-to-one it follows that r = 0. Hence, <* is in # . Thus, e ==
[T,r°t] = F,?] = t
and again t = 0. Therefore, X = s but since ^ is one-to-one s — 0 and the kernel of ^> is trivial. This completes the proof. □ The proposition above shows the importance of the 3 x 3 upper unitriangular matrix group U(R) for this theory. The groups we are really concerned about in this book, the so-called linkage groups of the next chapters, are nor mal closures of R* in groups G where <j> : R —» G is a verbal embedding. It can be said that these groups are built up of pieces each of which looks like U(R). How these basic pieces can be put together is the main theme of the subsequent chapters of this book. Corollary 1.2.5. There is not a verbal embedding of any ring with identity into A5, the alternating group of degree 5, or into J j , Janko's first group. Proof. If a ring R with identity is verbally embedded in a finite group then the group contains U(R) as a subgroup. Hence the order of the group must be divisible by the order of U(R) which is | R | 3 . The alternating group A5 has order 60 = 22 • 3 • 5. Since the cube of a prime does not divide the order of A5 there is no verbal embedding possible here. Janko's first group J\ is a sporadic simple group of order 175,560 = 2 3 • 3 ■ 5 ■ 7 • 11 ■ 19. By consideration of order, the only possible ring with identity that could be verbally embedded in Jiis the ring of integers modulo 2. However, the Sylow-2-subgroup of Jx is elementary abelian (see for example [4] or [13] or use CAYLEY). Hence this embedding is impossible. D We will see later that the ring of integers modulo 2 can be verbally embedded in An for all n > 6 and in every other sporadic simple group except
12
Verbal Embeddings
J\. In some sense most finite non-abelian simple groups admit some verbal embedding. Corollary 1.2.5 offers a contrast with Corollary 1.3.3 below. Corollary 1.2.6. If R is a ring with identity and : R —>• G verbal embedding using the encoding word [xa,yb], then ~A> n l _ r^ ■4lmm n [r° [?", l * ] [r »,3* , f "]] = - ir >s \
\-=a m
for all integers m and n. Proof. This follows simply from the relations in a nilpotent group of class 2 (see, for example, Scott [22], page 57, result 3.4.3). D Proposition 1.2.7. Suppose that G is any group that contains a subgroup isomorphic to D4, the dihedral group of order 8. If all the involutions in this subgroup belong to the same conjugacy class in G, then there is a verbal embedding of the integers modulo 2 into G. Proof. The group D4 is isomorphic to the group of upper unitriangular matrices over the integers modulo 2. Hence, we may consider it to be generated by the involutions X= x=
(I / 1 1 ON 0 \ / 1 0 ON 0 \ / 1 0 1IN\ (1 (I 0 11 0 ,Y ,Y= O ii l ,Z= = O ,z = 0 0 101 10 0 . Vo \V0 0 00 1 l)/ \V0 0 1 / \ o 0 11) /
Since these involution all belong to the same conjugacy class in G it follows that there are elements a,b € G such that Za = X and Zb = Y. Thus, [Za, Zb] — Z. Therefore, the mapping G Z 22 -^: ■G O w ee 0^ 1 n.H ZZ is a verbal embedding of the integers modulo 2 into G. □ Again we see that the 3 x 3 upper unitriangular matrix groups are basic. Note that the hypotheses of the last result actually hold in many groups particularly, in many finite simple groups.
1.3 General Verbal Embeddings
1.3
13
General Verbal Embeddings
In [10] more general verbal embeddings were considered than we have discussed above. While these embeddings are not the main focus of this book we include them in this section for the sake of completeness. For the general setting we let A = {A, ft} be a universal algebra, that is, an underlying set A and a collection ft of n-ary operations on A, for various n. Let G be a group. Let W ={fu | w G ft}0 be a collection of words / w (xi, x2,..., x„„, yu y2, ■ ■ ■,yt„) in the free group gen erated by these x's and j/'s. Definition 1. Let G be a group and A ={A, ft} be a universal algebra. A general verbal embedding is an injective map :A^G such that U(X1, ...,Xnu)
= fu,(x1,...,Xnw,CiiW,
...,Ckw
for each u> 6 ft, where C = {ci|W, ...,CkW:U | u € ft} is a collection of constants from G. The word fm is called the encoding polynomial in G for the opera tion u> with respect to <j>. When the algebra A is a ring R and the map <j> is a isomorphism from (R, +) to a subgroup of G, and f+(r,s) = r-s then the embedding will be called a special verbal embedding. In [10] what we are calling here a general verbal embedding was called a verbal embedding. We have changed the name here to avoid confusion with other sections of this book. Note that the verbal embeddings in the first two sections of this book (and in all subsequent sections) which use the encoding word [a;a,y6] are examples of special verbal embeddings. Recall that a group G is residually solvable if for every non-trivial x € G there is a homomorphic image of G which is solvable and in which the image of x is not trivial. This is equivalent to saying that the intersection of all the
Verbal Embedding*
14
terms of the derived series of G is the trivial group.The following theorem is a generalization of Theorem 1.2.1. The proof which will not be given here may be found in [10]. Theorem 1.3.1. Let S = {0,1} be the semigroup with operations 0 ■ x = x ■ 0 = 0, 1-1 = 1. Let <> / : S —* G be a general verbal embedding. Then the normal closure of S^ in G is not residually solvable. Lausch and Nobauer in [15] describe the theory of algebraic systems which are polynomially complete and we include a brief description here since it relates to the topic at hand.
Definition 2. A polynomial over a group G is a word w(xit.,.,xn,ci,,..,cm) where xi,...,xn are indeterminants and Ci,...,c m are constants from the group G. The group G is said to be polynomially complete if every n-ary function on G, that is, every function from a Cartesian product of G with itself n times into G, is a polynomial function. T h e o r e m 1.3.2. (See [15] page 38, and [18].) The class of non-trivial poly nomially complete groups is precisely the class of finite non-abelian simple groups. Thus, if G is a finite simple group and A = {A,SI} is a universal algebra and | A | < | G |, then there is a general verbal embedding of A into G. This follows since there is an injective function from A into G and for each operation of A there is an n-ary function that encodes the operation. Since this function is a polynomial function there is a general verbal embedding of A into G. This says that a general verbal embedding does not affect the
1.3 General Verbal Embeddings
15
structure of the embedding group very much since every finite simple group admits general verbal embeddings of any smaller universal algebra. In order for the embedding to have a real effect on the embedding group it seems that the verbal embedding as denned in section 1.1 using the word [xa,«/6] is the proper object for study. Note that verbal embeddings often occur in groups that are not polynomially complete. Also, if R is a ring and G is a finite simple group and (R, + ) is isomorphic to a subgroup of G, then this isomorphism is a special verbal embedding of R into G. However, this special verbal embedding is not necessarily one which uses the word [x",?/6]. For example, there is no such embedding of the integers modulo 2 into the sporadic simple group 3\ or the group A$ by Corollary 1.2.5. We sum this up in the following result. Corollary 1.3.3. / / R is a ring and G is a finite non-abelian simple group and (R, +) is isomorphic to a subgroup of G then there is a special verbal embedding of R into G. As a consequence of the odd order paper [5] we have the following. Corollary 1.3.4. / / G is a finite non-abelian simple group then there is a special verbal embedding of the ring of integers modulo 2 into G.
In work related to the present material Bergman [1] proved the following result. Theorem 1.3.5. For every group H and every finite collection of operations / i , . . . , fr of finite arities ni,..., nr on H, there is a group G containing H, and a triple of elements c-i,02,03 of G,and a set of words Wi,...,W2, where uit- is a word on nt- + 3 variables, such that in G fi(ai,...,ani)
=
Wi(ai,...,ani,ci,c2,c3)
for all i, 1 < i < r, and all aj,..., an, € H. Note that in the above result the structure of the group in which the embedding takes place is not as important as the encoding polynomial. This is
16
Verbal Embeddings
a completely different emphasis from that which we take in this book. Comerford and Newman in [3] prove a similar theorem to Bergman's using techniques such as small cancellation theory. Rather than dwell on the proofs of the more general theorems given above we will instead give a specific construction of general verbal embedding. The construction illustrates how one can prove that finite non-abelian simple groups are polynomially complete. Let G = A5 be the alternating' group of degree 5. Let x — (1,4)(2,3) and y — (2,5)(3,4). The following can be easily checked by hand. ((1,2)(3,4))<W> = *,
((l,2)(3,i)f^
= y,
and [x, y]= (1,5,4,3,2). Also, (1,5,4,3,2)(2.3-4> = (1,5,2,4,3), (1,5,2,4,3)(1,5,2,3,4) = (1,2)(3,5), and ( ( 1 , 2 ) ( 3 , 5 ) P ^ = (1,2)(3,4).
(1.5)
Now consider the word w(x, y) = ([x*1'2'3', J/ 1 ' 2 - 5 )] [x*1'2'3*, 2 / W ) ] ( W ) ) (1,2)(4 ' 5) . It follows from our calculations that w((l,2)(3,4),(l,2)(3,4)) = (l,2)(3,4). Clearly, w(e,g) = w(g,e) = e, for all g E.G. Thus, the following is a special verbal embedding: : Z 2 -f Ah Owe 1H(1,2)(3,4).
(1.6)
1.3 General Verbal Embedding*
17
The word (1.6) can be put in the form | a .(l,2,3)(l,2)(4,6) j 2 / (l,2,5)(l,2)(4,5)]
J a; (l,2,3)(2,3,4)(l,2)(4,5)
J/ (l,2,5)(2,3,4)(l,2)((4,5)|
Thus, the word is of the general form [*".,yb\ [x<,yd}. Note that Z* and the constants a, b, c, d generate all of As, since otherwise we would have a general verbal embedding in a group strictly smaller than As and such a group must be solvable. This would be a direct contradiction of Theorem 1.3.1. Observe the method of constructing the above verbal embedding. We need a word w(x,y) such that w(e,g) — w(g,e) = e for all g € As. A product of words of the form [xa, yb] has this property. This allows us to encode in the group, ring multiplications of the form 0 ■ r = r ■ 0 = 0. For the ring Z2 of integers modulo 2 the only other multiplication to encode is 1 • 1 = 1 and this must be done while assuring that the image of 1 has order 2. We do this by finding an element of order 2 in As, namely (1,2)(3,4). Since A5 is simple it is generated by all the conjugates of (1,2)(3,4) and every element is a product of commutators. We merely have to find a product of commutators of conjugates of (1,2)(3,4) that equals (1,2)(3,4). This was accomplished in the example above by trial-and-error hand calculations. It could also have been found using CAYLEY, of course. Many other such embeddings exist using slightly different constants. This method of constructing the word w(x,y) is reminiscent of (and perhaps inspired by) the process of constructing a Lagrange polynomial that fits exactly through a set of data points in the Cartesian plane. In any event this method can be generalized to show that all finite non-abelian simple groups are polynomially compete. In the construction of the verbal embedding of Z2 into A5 we could change (1.5) to be ((4 4 55 ((1,2)(3,5)) (1,2)(3,4). ,2)(3,4). ((1 ,2)(3,5)) ' > = = (1 , 1 U ~( rj ;« +« This would then give us a verbal embedding of Z 2 into the symmetric group S$. The image of Z2 and the constants would generated all of Ss since they must generate a non-solvable subgroup of S5 which contains an odd permutation. The only such subgroup of S$ is 5 5 itself. Note that there is a subgroup of Janko's first group Jiwhich is isomorphic to As (see the listing of maximal subgroups of J\ in the Atlas [4]). Hence there is a special verbal embedding of Z 2 into J\.
18
Verbal Embedding*
The polynomial completeness of finite non-abelian simple groups requires in many cases that the encoding word is more complicated that [xa, y ] as we have seen. Finiteness is also required as may be seen in the following theorem, the proof of which may be found in [10]. Theorem 1.3.6. There does not exist a special verbal embedding of the ring of integers Z into GL(2, C) or into PSL(2, C) where C is the ring of complex numbers. The above result confirms an algebraic version of a conjecture of Simon Thomas (see [26]) about the impossibility of the logical interpretation of Z in PSL(2,Z) PSL(2, Z) and stands in opposition to his interpretation of fields F of characteristic 0 in PSL(2,F). PSL(2,F). There are other related results proven in [10], but since they are not our main concern in this book we will omit them. Instead we will point out an interesting property of the embedding word w(x, y) = [xa,yb]. Remark: From the example of the Steinberg Group on page 8 we know that w(x,y) = [xa,yb] can be used as the encoding word for a special verbal embedding for an arbitrary ring R. We will next show that no shorter encoding word can do this. From this we see that [xa, yb] holds a special place among encoding words: there is no shorter word that can verbally embed an arbitrary ring, longer words do not have as much consequence for the structure of the embedding group. Hence verbal embeddings using the word [x",?/6] are the proper object of study if we are concerned with the structure of the embedding group. Theorem 1.3.7. No word shorter than w(x,y) special verbal embedding of every ring.
= [xa,yb] can be used in a
Proof. y) be a word that can be used in a special verbal embedding uLet c t u(x, t to embed ani arbitrary art ring into a group and which whi is shorter than [x \xaa,,yybbi].. Then i.i_ _ r u(x, y) is of: the form T s t ax rby ex* ... by°cx M.
LKJ\Jl.
19
1.3 General Verbal Embeddings
where a, b, c... are constants from the group in which the embedding is taking place, and r, s,t... are each equal to either 0,1, or —1. Let <j> : R —> G be a verbal embedding using u(x, y). Since 0 • 0 = 0 in R we have u(e, e) = e in G. Hence e -= = u(e, e) = abc... a6c... and thus we may rewrite u(x, y) as follows:
u(x,y) u(x, y) = xrT a~' ~ ab ysscxtt... .. . .== 1 ->ys (ab) a-iys W^abcx ' abc ... x*. .. = =
-r
- x XT
__
XTT
x
a
'ys wr- tt
a 1yS (ab)-1 "■~ ~'
l
xx
(ab)-^^ = rxTa.- a'slys (ab)11
1
x
y
x1 (abc)~ (abc)-
1
(abc)'1 [abc)'
_
... = fjC..._ abc...a■ ■ ■.
Since abc... = e we have rewritten u(x, y) so that it is a product of conjugates of x and y each raised to the power 0,1, or —1. The word u(x,y) can begin either with a conjugate of x or a conjugate of y. We can assume the it has the form T «yS d u{x,y) u(x X c«r ,y) = x y x yv where r = ± 1 and s, t,p are either 0,1, or —1, and a, 6, c, d are constants from the embedding group. Since u(x, y) is shorter than [xa, yh] it must be that one of s, t,p is 0. If s = 0 then TT aa„tt cCyPd p u(x,y) u(x ,v) = x xX y .
Thus, u(e, y) = e = yp d which implies that y = e where y is the image of an arbitrary ring element under the embedding. This, of course, cannot be. If t = 0 then r ra sb pd u{x,y) u{x,v) = x V x yVy * and thus u(x, e) — e = xT a which implies that x = e for every x which is the image of a ring element under the embedding. Suppose p = 0. Then T u{x,y) u(x. ,y) = x
Vxraybxsbtcx.tc.
Thus u(e, y) = e which again leads to a contradiction. Hence, u(x,y) = xTay'bxx'teay'ydsbxtcyrd
(1.7) (1.7)
20
Verbal Embeddings
or u{x,y) = yrax'bytcx>"t
(1.8)
where none of r,s,t,p is 0. We will consider words of the form (1.7). Words of the form (1.8) are entirely analogous. Since u(x,e) = e = u(e,y) we have from (1.7) that xT axl c = e and s b d _ e uence; y yP
«(*,») = [*r",y'*]. This word can be shorter than the standard word only if a = e or b = e or ra = 56, i.e. r = s and a — b. However, if a = e we can embed a ring with identity 1, and if we let 1 be the image of 1 we have u(T,T) =
T=[T,r6]
which implies that 1 = 2 = l _ s 1 I s .If the ring were the integers modulo 2 we would have 2 = 0 and this would imply that 2 = e, and hence e = 1. If b = e a similar computation leads to a contradiction. If ra = sb then
u{x,y)=[x\ys}\ However, this means u(T,T) = T = [ r , r r
This contradiction completes the proof. □
= e.
Chapter 2 LINKAGE GRAPHS AND LINKAGE GROUPS 2.1
Linkage Graphs and Linkage Groups
The definition of the Steinberg Group in section 1.1 involves a number of generators each of which is associated with a ring element, and a number of relations. These relations say that some generators commute and that others have a commutator that is somehow related to ring multiplication. We now present a natural generalization of this type of group presentation. We will later connect the presentations given here with verbal embeddings. Definition 1. A linkage graph is a graph F consisting of a set of vertices V(T), a set of non-directed edges joining vertices, and set of ordered triples of distinct vertices. The triples are called basic linkages, or just link ages. Each edge in the linkage graph joins two distinct vertices and there is at most one edge joining any two vertices. The following restrictions are placed on the linkages: 1. If(u,v,w)
is a linkage in T then there is no edge joining u and w.
2. If the ordered triple (u,v,w) is a linkage, then there is an edge joining vertices u,v and an edge joining vertices v,w. 3. If (u,v,w) is a linkage, and there is an edge joining u and z, and an edge joining w and z, then v = z.
If (u,v,w) is a linkage in a linkage graph we represent this pictorially as in Figure 1. The arrow in a linkage indicates the ordering of the linkage (u,v,w). The arrow goes from u to w. The vertex v is called the center of the linkage.
21
22
Linkage Graphs and Linkage Groups
Figure 1
A Basic Linkage
Definition 2. Let T be a linkage graph with set of vertices V(T) and let R be a ring. The linkage group L(R, T) is the group generated by elements
2.1 Linkage Graphs and Linkage Groups
23
rv where r € R and v € V(T), together with the relations rv ■ Sv = (r + s)v, for all r, s € R and all v € V(r), [ru, -Su;] = (r • «)«, for all r, s € .ft and (u, t>, to) a linkage [r u ,s„] = [rw,sv] = e, for all r,s £ R and (w,v,w) a linkage.
In the hexagonal linkage graph in Figure 2 the vertices are labelled with the ordered pairs (»', j), with 1 < i ^ j < 3. There are six vertices and six linkages. It may be easily seen that if T3 is the hexagonal linkage graph, then the generators and relations of ST(Z,R) and L(R, T3) are exactly the same. Hence, L(R,T3)^ST{Z,R).
Definition 3.IfG = L(R,T) for some ring R and some linkage graph T, we say that R is embedded at each vertex of G if the mapping R^G
rnr„ is infective for all r £ R and all vertices v € V(F). Our interests are with those linkage groups L(R, T) in which 7? is em bedded at each vertex. Notice that if R is embedded at each vertex then r F—y rv is an injective homomorphism from the additive group of R to the vertex subgroup Rv = {rv \ r 6 R}. We can now see why we put some of the restrictions on the linkages in the definition of linkage graph. For suppose that R embeds at each vertex in G = L(R, T) and that R has an identity. If both (u, v, w) and (u, z, w) were both linkages of V, then L-»-ui7*u;J — Tv
=
rZt
Linkage Graphs and Linkage Groups
24
Also, if (u, v, w) were a linkage and there were an edge joining u and w, then for each r,s £ R, we would have f„ =
K, i»] =
e
since the edge between u and w would force ru and lw to commute and thus R could not be embedded at each vertex. The next result shows that basic linkages in linkage graphs are related to upper unitriangular matrix groups. Theorem 2.1.1. Suppose that R is a ring with identity that embeds at each vertex of G = L(R,T) for some linkage graph T. If (u,v,w) is a linkage ofT, then the subgroup {RU,RV,RW) of G is isomorphic to the group of 3 x 3 upper unitriangular matrices over R. Proof.
The following mapping i;:U(R)^(R )v i> : U(R) -T \lLy_ u-,R v,R,wTt
j Tt-U))
( 1 r 00 \ 0 1 0 \ ) i-> r„, 0 Mr,, (\ 0: 0 1 \) / I 1 0 r \ 0 1 1 0 0 jI -^> r„ TV, \0 0 l) (: /(1I
°\
0 0\ 0 1 r >~*rw \0 ! 0 1 l)/ is easily seen to be a homomorphism by using the relations in Proposition 1.2.4. Suppose that X is in the kernel of ip where X=
(/ 1 r s \\ (1 / 1 00 00\ \1 /1 l rr 0 \\ (/ 1 0 *s \ t \ O 0 11 0 0 0 11 0 .. 0 1 i t\-.== 0 1 M \0 0 \ o o ii)/ \ o o il)/ \o \ o oo i\)/ \\0o 0o i1 // \o
25
2.1 Linkage Graphs and Linkage Groups
Then twrusv = e. By using the relations (1.3) and (1.4) of Proposition 1.2.4 we have the following: e — [G, i-w\ — [^w'^'u^vj *-w\
=
[fui *-w\
=
rVm
Since R embeds at each vertex we have r = 0. Thus, twsv = e. Hence, 6 — L u> ^J — l^U) t^SuJ =
tw.
Hence, t = 0. Thus s„ = e and therefore 5 = 0. Therefore, X is trivial and the map ip is one-to-one. This completes the proof. □ In the linkage graphs that arise from verbal embeddings below every vertex will be a vertex of some linkage. Hence, the associated linkage groups will be made up of pieces that look like upper unitriangular matrix groups. In general linkage groups there are other possibilities. For example, if Y consists only of vertices with no linkages or edges, then L(R, Y) is just a free product of groups each of which looks like the additive group of R. If Y contain just two vertices joined by an edge, then L(R, Y) is isomorphic to the direct sum of two copies of the additive group of R. Jacques Lewin and others have studied groups whose presentations would be given by L(Z,Y) where Z is the ring of integers and T is a linkage graph with vertices and edges but no linkages. These groups are called graph groups. We will now consider properties of some natural functions on linkage graphs and linkage groups. Definition 4. If Y and A are linkage graphs then a linkage graph homomorphism from Y to A is a function tj) : V(Y) —* V(A) such that if {u, v} is an edge in Y then {u^, v^} is an edge in A, and if(u, v, w) is a linkage in Y then (u^,v^,w^) is a linkage in A. The mapping ip is a linkage graph antihomomorphism if all of the above is true except that when (M, V, W) is a linkage in Y then (w^,v^, u^) is a linkage in A. The terms linkage graph isomorphism and linkage graph automorphism are use where appropriate as well as linkage graph anti-isomorphism and linkage graph antiautomorphism.
Linkage Graphs and Linkage Groups
26
Proposition ring homomorphism. homomorphism. Let Let /3(3: :TT -► —> P r o p o s i t i o n 2.1.2. 2 . 1 . 2 . Let Let a a :: R R — ->> 55 bebeaa ring A be aa linkage linkage graph graph homomorphism, homomorphism, 1and 7 : T —> —> AA bebea alinkage linkage graph graph A be antihomomorphism. Then are true: true: antihomomorphism. Then the the following following are 1.
The T) — ->L(s,r) > L(S, T) given given byby rrvv H-> H->(r(ra)av)„ isis aa The induced induced mapping mapping a a: : L(R, L(R,F) group homomorphism. group homomorphism.
by rr^B 1 The induced induced mapping mapping /3 8: : L(i?, L(R,T) T) — - *> L(i£, L(R,A) A) given (/icen 61/ ►rv0rvAis zsa a 2. 77&e *-* group homomorphism. group homomorphism.
ring then then ;the induced induced mapping mapping 77 : L(R, commutative ring L(R,T)V) —* -» 3. If R is a commutative r L(R, A) L(R, A) given given by rvv t— i-»» {~ (—r) group homomorphism. homomorphism. )vfivp isis aagroup 4. The following diagram commutes: L(R,T)^L(R,A) L(R,A) A*L(R,A)
I* L(S,A) L(S,T) A+ L{S,A) L(S,T)1
5. / / R is commutative then the following diagram commutes: L(R,V) 3^L(R,A) L{R,T) L(R,A) 4* 4« 4^ I" ■ i" L(S,T)±L(S,A) L(5,A) ^L(S,A) L(S,V) ring isomorphism, isomorphism, then then a is a group group isomorphism isomorphism whose whose inverse inverse 6. If a is a ring 1 is (cc (cc1).
7. If/3 If/3 is a linkage linkage graph graph isomorphism, isomorphism, then then /3 isis aagroup group isomorphism isomorphism whose whose _1 l inverse ((3~ inverse is (/? ).). 8. If R is a commutative commutative ring ring and and 7 is a linkage linkage graph graph anti-isomorphism, anti-isomorphism, then 7 is a group then group isomorphism isomorphism whose whose inverse inverse is ( 7 - 1 ) . Proof.
proposition one at aa time. We will prove the various parts of this proposition time.
1. In order to check that t h a t a function is a group homomorphism we we have have merely to show that t h a t the the images of relations in tthe preserve h e domain dom ain are preserve
2.1 Linkage Graphs and Linkage Groups
27
in the range. We have only three kinds of relations in a linkage group and we have to check each one of them. First (rv • sv)a — (rv)a ■ (sv)a = {ra)v ■ (sa)v = = (ra + sa)v = ((r + s)a)v = (r + s)va. It follows that (r\,) _1 a =
(-r)va.
Next, if u and v are connected by an edge we have (ru • sv)a = ( r u ) 5 • (sv)a = (ra)„ • (sa)v — = (sa)v ■ (ra)u = (sv)a- (ru)a = (sv ■ ru)a. Finally, if (it, v, w) is a linkage of V then [r u ,5„]a = [(ru)a,(sw)a]
= [(ra)u,(sa)w]
=
= (ra ■ sa)v = ((r ■ s)a)v = (r ■ s)va. 2. This is proven in the same way: (r„ ■ sv)j3 = (r„)/? ■ (sv)P = rvp ■ svp = = (r + s)vp - (r + s)vp. If u and v are connected by an edge we have (r„ ■ sv)~ft = (ru)fi ■ (sv)P = rup ■ svp = = &vp ■ rup = {sv)~$ ■ (ru)/3 = (sv ■ r„)/3. Finally, if (u, v, w) is a linkage of T then K , sjfi = [(r„)/3, [sw)P) = [rup, swf3] = = (r ■ s)vp = (r ■ s)vp.
Linkage Graphs and Linkage Groups
28
3. Suppose R is a commutative ring. Then (r„ • s„)7 = (rv)i ■ (sv)j - (-r)v/3 ■ (s)vp
=
= ( - r - *)„„ = ( - ( r + a)) u/} = (r + s)v"0. If M and D are connected by an edge we have (r„ • sv)P = (r„)/3 • {sv)/3 = (-r)up ■ (s)vp = (s)vp
=
■ (-r)up = {sv)P ■ (ru)P = (sv ■ ru)P-
Finally, if (u, v, w) is a linkage of T then (iiV3, w", u13) is a linkage of A. Thus [ru,Sw]P ~ [(ru)/3,{sw)/3] = [{-r)u0,(-s)w0} = = [(s)W0,
(-r)^]'1
= (-s ■ -r)-£
= (s ■ r)-£ =
= ir ■ s)v/3 = (~r • s)vp = (r • «)„/?. The rest of the results now follow easily. □ The following result is sometimes useful when it is necessary to con struct images of linkage groups. Corollary 2.1.3 / / / is an ideal in the ring R then there is an epimorphism L(R,T)-^L(R/I,T) rv>-> {r + I)v 2.2
Linkage Graphs From Verbal Embeddings
We will now connect verbal embeddings and linkage graphs. Let <j>:R^{Rt>,a,b)
(2.1)
be a verbal embedding from the ring R into the group G using the encoding word [a;a,?/6]. Let C = (a,b) be the constant group of the embedding. For any group G and any subgroup K of G we let Ka denote the normal closure of K in G. The following result is fundamental for constructing linkage graphs.
2.2 Linkage Graphs from Verbal Embeddings
29
Theorem 2.2.1. For every verbal embedding (2.1) of a ring R with identity, and every subgroup H of G such that C < H < G, there is a linkage graph TJJ and an epimorphism
L(R,TH)^(R^,R*,R4YThe group H acts as a group of linkage graph automorphisms on Tfj. R is embedded at each vertex in L(R,TH)Proof. In order to simplify notation somewhat we will identify an element r £ R with its image r* £ G. We say that two elements h,k £ H are equivalent if in G we have rh = rk for all r £ R. This is clearly an equivalence on H. Let [h] denote the equivalence class of h £ H. We take as the set of vertices of TJJ the set V(VH) = {[h] \h£H}. The set of linkages will be {([ah],[h],[bh])\h£H}. The edges are all pairs of the form {[bh], [h]} and {[ah], [h]}. We must check to see that TJI satisfies the three restrictions in the definition of linkage graph. 1. Suppose ([ah], [h], [bh]) is a linkage and {[ah], [bh]} is an edge. Then either [ah] = [ak] and [bh] = [k], for some k £ H (2.2) or [ah] = [k] and [bh] = [ak] for some k £ H
(2.3)
[ah] = [bk] and [bh] = [k] for some k £ H
(2.4)
[ah] = [k] and [bh] = [bk] for some k £ H.
(2.5)
or or For (2.2) we have for all r, s £ R : ah
=
rak
a n d
sbh
=
sk_
30
Thus,
Linkage Graphs and Linkage Groups
ah bh (r ••s) s)hf t = = [r [ rar,slSb»]» ]h = [rah ,s bh]
=
ak k k = [rofc ,s [raa,,s]s]kk = ekk = e. , s] ] = [r = [r
This says t h a t all r ■ s = 0 and hence all multiplications in R are trivial. Since R has an identity this is not the case. For (2.3) we have above: Lt. V \_. as UuiD U i l ^ V V V.- b h _ [raft bh (r ■ ss))hh = = [r [raa,s.sfc]fc ] = [rah),sa&fc] ] _=
= [r afc ,s fc ] == [ra,s]k = ek = e. Again this is impossible. For (2.4) we have: (r ■s) (r ■ s)h == K [ra,sS 6b]]fhe === [r[r<,ko,t ,s s66'1&] ] == h
11 — : [r*, = [r*^S°*] *] == [r,*« [r,sa]kjfc _= eefck _= ee.
For (2.5) we have: K (r ■ ■s)hs) == [r« [ra,**]* ,sb]h ===[T-[rikah,sQbk6 ]M
=
fc k bk,sks]fc] = = [rbk =.[r»,,j [rb,s]k|* = = e. e. , = = ee =
As before this is impossible since R has an identity. 2. Suppose t h a t ([ah], [h], [bk]) is a linkage. T h e definition of Tjf implies t h a t [ah] and [h] are joined by an edge as are [bk] and [h]. 3. Suppose ([aft], [A], [bh]) and ([a&],[&]5 [bh]) are b o t h linkages. Then [h] — [k] by definition. Hence t h e restrictions on linkages in the definition of linkage graph are satisfied. Let L(R, T//) be the linkage group corresponding to TH- T h e mapping a
b
L(R,TrHH)^(R )» b)H L(B, ) ■*,R,R (Ra.,R,R h fe r[h] n- rr [h] i->
2.2 Linkage Graphs from Verbal Embeddings
31
is well-defined since [h] = [k] implies rh = rk for all r £ R. All of the relations in L(R, TJJ) come from linkages ([ah], [h], [bh]). This linkage arose since in G we have [r°, sb] = r ■ s. Hence in G we have [rah, sbh] = (r ■ s)h. Since tj> was a verbal embedding we also have [ra,s] = [r,sb] = e in G. Thus [rah,sh] = [rh,sbh] — e in G. This means that the images under if) of all the relations in L(R, T/j) hold in G and thus ip is a homomorphism. Clearly, xj) maps onto all of (Ra, R, Rb)H. Now let h £ H and define the mapping
h:V(TH)^V(T„) [k] >-► [fc&J The mapping h is clearly a linkage graph homomorphism and hk = (h)(k) for all h,k € H. It is easy to see that (h)-1 is h_1. This shows that H acts on IV as a group of linkage graph automorphisms. Finally, for any given h £ H consider the mapping R^L(R,TH) r ^ r[h] We must show that 77 is one-to-one. Let h_1 be the automorphism of L(R, TJJ) induced by the linkage graph automorphism determined by h_1. Then (r)> = (r)?/fe_1. Since <j> and h~l are both one-to-one it follows that rj is. Hence, R embeds at each vertex in L(R,TH). This completes the proof. □ The linkage graph Tn that is constructed in the above theorem is close to the graph of the group H. We will discuss this more in a later section. We now have two useful corollaries. Corollary 2.2.2. Suppose that (2.1) is a verbal embedding of a ring with identity using the constant group C = (a, b). If K is the split extension of L(R,Yc) by C, then there is a verbal embedding of R into K using the word [r a ,s 6 ] with constant group C.
32
Linkage Graphs and Linkage Groups
Proof. Since C act on L(R, Tc) as a group of automorphisms we may form the split extension L. We define the mapping R^L r H-> T[e]
Since R embeds at each vertex of L(R, Tc) this mapping is injective. From the relations of L(R, Tc) it is clear that this is a verbal embedding using the word [ra, sb] and that C is the constant group of the embedding. □ The previous two results provide a sense that the freest groups that arise from verbal embeddings are linkage groups extended by constant groups. Corollary 2.2.3. Suppose that C = (a,b) is the constant group for the verbal embedding 2.1. If D = (c,d) is a group that maps homomorphically onto C in such a way that c — i ► a and d — i > b, then D is the constant group for a verbal embedding of R. Proof. Let L be the split extension of L(R,Tc) by C as in the previous corollary. Since D maps homomorphically onto C we can form K, the split extension of L(R,Tc) by D. Then there is a verbal embedding of R into K. Since [ra, sb] = [rc, sd] it follows that D is the constant group of this embedding. D
The last result gives us more examples of constant groups that can occur in a verbal embedding. Since C = {a, b \ a2 = b2 = (ab)3 = e) = S3 is a constant group for an embedding into ST(3,R) extended by C, it follows that any two generator group (c, d) that maps homomorphically onto C with cy-+ a and d H-> 6 is also a constant group. In particular, the free group of rank two is the constant group for a verbal embedding (for arbitrary rings R). From the embedding into the unitary group U3 (3) in section 1.1 we see that the cyclic group of order 7 is a constant group for a verbal embedding using the word [ra,sa~i]. Thus any cyclic group of order divisible by 7 is the constant group for a verbal embedding since such a group can be mapped onto a cyclic group of order 7 in such a way that a generator is sent to a generator. More general results along this line will be proven in Chapter 3.
2.2 Linkage Graphs from Verbal Embeddings
33
The next result is a consequence of Theorem 2.2.1 and is very important in studying linkage graphs associate with non-abelian simple groups. Theorem 2.2.4 Let G be a non-abelian simple group in which a ring R with identity is verbally embedded. Then there is a subgroup H of G containing C such that L(R,TH) maps homomorphically onto G. The subgroup H can always chosen to be G itself. Proof. From Theorem 2.2.1 it follows that if C < H < G then there is an epimorphism L(R,TH)^(Ra,R,Rb)H Since (Ra,R, Rb) is a non-trivial subgroup it conjugates must generate all of G. Let H be a large enough subgroup of G containing C so that (Ra, R, Rb)H — G. Clearly, H can always be chosen to be equal to G. □ There is a verbal embedding of the field F in the group SX(3, F) as described in Chapter 1. The image of F in SL(3,F) consists of matrices of the form / 1 0 r \ 0 10 \0 0 1/ It follows that the center of SL(3, F) which consists of diagonal matrices does not intersect the image of F . By factoring out the center of SL(3, F) we thus obtain a verbal embedding of F into PSL(3,F). Now PSL(3,F) is a simple group which happens to be contained in may non-abelian simple groups. Any such group must be the image of a linkage group L(F,TH) for some subgroup H. We will describe other simple groups that are images of linkage groups in later sections. Remark. The Steinberg group ST(n, F) maps onto the simple group PSL(n, F) and in some sense the Steinberg group is presented by giving only a very special set of relations from PSL(n,F). The Linkage group L(R,TH) in the previous result plays the same role in relation to the simple group G. The linkage group uses only the very special commutator relations of G. This is one way in which linkage groups naturally generalize Steinberg groups.
34
2.3
Linkage Graphs and Linkage Groups
Steinberg Groups and Graphs
In this section we will study the details of some specific linkage graphs that are associated with various verbal embeddings. Example 1. For n > 3 consider the linkage graph Tn where the vertices are all ordered pairs (i, j) where 1 < i ^ j < n, and where there is an edge joining any two vertices of the form (J, j) and (i, k), and an edge joining two vertices (i,j) and (k, j) where j ^ i. The linkages are all triples of vertices ((i,j), (i, k), (j, k)). The linkage graph T3 is exactly the linkage graph pictured in Figure 2. The linkage graph T4 is pictured in Figure 3 except that in order to simplify the figure somewhat, the arrows have been omitted. These omitted arrows can be determined from the labels on the vertices. Note that L(R, r„) maps onto ST(n, R) for all n > 3. Now consider the verbal embedding of R into ST(3, R) as described in section 1.1. It may be extended to ST(n,R) as follows. R
^
G
(2.6)
r^xh3(r) where G be the split extension of ST(n,R) by the symmetric group Sn. Con sider the constants a = (2,3),/3 = (1,2,4,5,•■■ ,n) € S„. It is easily seen that [xa, y13] is an encoding word for the verbal embedding 0. We now want to construct the linkage graph Ts„ as described in Theorem 2.2.1. Two elements a, ft e Sn are considered equivalent if xi,3(r)a = xXf3(rf
for all r € R.
This means that aft-1 lies in the subgroup Koi Sn of all elements that fix both 1 and 2. Since K is isomorphic to 5n_2 it has order (n — 2)!. Thus, K has index n(n — 1) in Sn- Thus, there are n(n — 1) vertices in Tsn. This is exactly the same number as in r „ . We can define the mapping >: V(TSa) -> V ( r . ) [a] i-+(l a ,3 a ) ' Now ip is well-defined and bijective. It may be easily seen to be a linkage graph isomorphism. Thus, the graph T„ is precisely the graph obtained from the verbal embedding 2.6 via Theorem 2.2.1.
35
2.3 Steinberg Groups and Graphs Notice that T* may also be drawn on the surface of a truncated cube as in Figure 4. Again the arrows indicating the linkages have not been drawn. It may now be seen that geometric symmetries of this truncated cube which preserve orientation induce linkage graph automorphisms on T^ Such symmetries of the truncated cube are orientation preserving symmetries of the cube. The group of such symmetries is S4. The action of £4 here corresponds exactly to the action of 54 on the linkage graph Tst ■ We may consider T„ to be embedded in r n + i as those linkages edges and vertices (i,j) where i,j < n. We may thus view T4 as 4 copies of T3 any two of which intersect in antipodal vertices in T3. For n > 5, I\, may be viewed as n = ( n "j) copies of r „ _ i , any two of which intersect in a subgraph isomorphic to I\,_2. Notice that the presentation of the linkage group L(R, Tn) contains all the relations of the Steinberg Group ST(n, R) except those of the form [xij(r), xh 4. A partial answer is supplied by the following theorem which was proven by Sidki and Weston. Theorem 2.3.1. Suppose that R is a ring which contains | . n > 3 we have L(R,Tn))^ST(n,R). ^ST(n ,R).
Then for all
Proof. In order to prove that the extra relations (2.3 (2.3) hold for n > 1 we must recall the Hall-Witt identity [a,r 1 ,c] ! , [6,c- 1 a] c [c,a- 1 ,6] a = e. (See for example Scott [22], page 56, result 3.4.1.) Recall that [a,b,c] = [[a, b],c]. Without loss of generality we may consider only the indices 1,2,3,4. w X3 2(s) -V M (t)]-*» KaM, Z3,2(s)K3(r),Z ' 3 ,2(s)-V3,4(0]
^[x3,2(s),XzAt)-\x^(r)] 3 , 2 ( 5 ) , *M(*)"V MX3 W-l(t)J ^ W
'x3,4.t),xi
Ar)~\
x3,2(s)}XlAt)
= e-
36
Linkage Graphs and Linkage Groups
This becomes ( 3t2(s)r^ 1 W = e. [x lt2(-rs),x3,4(t)]^^[xh4(rt),x*W(*).*3>)]* [*U-™),*84W]^ '* = e.
Hence, e [xh22{-rs),x [xi, {-rs),x3A3<4 {t)][x (t)][x 1A(rt),x 3i2(s)[x 3t2{s),x h3(r)]) 1}4(rt),x 3i2(s)[x 3t2(s),x h3(r)]) ',zi,3(r)]] == e.
(2.7)
[x (t)][x (rt),x ,2(s)] x3,2(s)] = e. [xi,i(r), li2(r),x3Ax 3A(t lA)}[x 1A3(rt),
(2.8)
Finally, Since R contains | it must contain 1 and —1. Substituting r = — 1 in (2.8) we find [xh2(s),xt^3,4(*)][a:i,4(= e 3A(t)][x1A(-t),x"3i2 [#1,2(4 <(s)} ) , 3:3,2(5)] = or [x C(t)] = 3,4(t)] = h2(s),x3A KzOO,; Using the identity [a -1 ,6] = ([a,6] a_1 J
1
11
) {s)]] - .. ) ^3t2 [xh4■(t)-\x t(*r
[j&i,,
we have
[xi ,2(s),x >2{s),x3j4(t)] = 1A(t)]. , 23(s),a; [*M(s),*3^W] = [x 3[x 1 ,4(i)]In a similar fashion we apply the Hall-Witt identity to the triple Xi,3(r), x3t4(s), x3t2(t and after simplification obtain [xi,1,2(5),X3,4(i)] == [s M[x(t),a:3^(s)]2(s),x3A(t)] 1A(t),x3t2(s)]. [a; Hence,
2 2 [xi, 2{s),x*3,4(*)] 3i4(t)] === e. [#1,2(5),
If we apply the Hall-Witt identity to the triple xii3(r),xit2{s),x3}4(t) that x (xi, x3.44{R), (R)) 4 (/?)) ( ^ ) , Xx1 .1A (#1,2»{R), ( * ) . x33,,2»{R), ( « ) , ^3. is nilpotent of class at most 2 and [xit2(R),x3A(R)]
we see
is central. Hence,
2 [^1,2(5), xx33,,44(<)] i ^ s S) )22> , a;#3,4(01 (<)] = [ta;zi,2(2 3,4(0] = [#i,2( k ^ ^ 2)-s),a;3,4(0] . ^ ^ * ) ] 2 == e. e.
The result now follows. □ The linkage graph that we have constructed for the Steinberg group above has the property that every edge in the graph is part of a linkage. This
2.3 Steinberg Groups and Graphs
37
is a property of all linkage graphs that arise from verbal embeddings by using the construction in Theorem 2.2.1. Consequently the group L(R, T n ) may not be the same as ST(n, R) unless some other condition is met such as that in the previous theorem. However we may add the following edges to the linkage graph T„: {(i {(i,j),(h,k)},ioi i ^ h,k ^ i. JMM)}, for jj ^h, i ^k,^h,i^k,i^h,k^i. If we denote this linkage graph by T'n it then becomes clear that L{R,T'n) S ST{n,R), ^ST{n L(R,K) ,R), for all n > 3. Notice that linkage graph automorphisms and anti-automorphisms of T n induce linkage graph automorphisms and anti-automorphisms of T'n. Example 2. Let F = (x, y) be the free group of rank 2. Let IV be the linkage graph whose vertices are the elements of F, with linkages (xg,g,yg) and edges {xg,g},{g,yg} for all g € F. If C = (a, b) is a constant group from a verbal embedding and Fc is the linkage graph arising from the verbal embedding via the construction in Theorem 2.2.1 on page 35, then it is easy to see that there is a linkage graph homomorphism from IV onto Tc induced by the group epimorphism F^C F -» c IX Ht —(> 1a .. yy 1—► *-* b t> It is also clear that F acts as a group of linkage graph automorphisms on I V Notice that a linkage graph homomorphism sends a linkage to a linkage, and thus must be one-to-one on vertices within a single linkage. However, this does not mean that a linkage graph homomorphism must be one-to-one. For example, the infinite linkage graph IV maps homomorphically onto any linkage graph Tc arising from a verbal embedding with C as constant group even when this Tc is finite. Note that IV looks like the graph of the group F with respect to the generators x and y. Example 3. The verbal embedding in the unitary group in section 1.1 shows that CV, the cyclic group of order 7, arises as a constant group for embedding the ring of integers modulo 2. The linkage graph arising from this embedding is shown in Figure 5. Denote this graph by n7. It will be shown later that R is embedded at each vertex of L(R, H.7) for any ring R. The proof
38
Linkage Graphs and Linkage
Groups
is quite complicated and leads naturally into other areas such as normal forms in linkage groups and connections to Lie Algebras and Lie Groups. These will be studied in later chapters. Example 4. Now consider the two hexagonal linkage graphs shown in Figure 6 and Figure 7. Notice that except for labelling of vertices Figure 6 is the graph T3 shown in Figure 2. Suppose R is a commutative ring. If we denote the graph in Figure 6 by T3 and the graph in Figure 7 by 116 we may define the following map r/>: n ^ r i> ■ 6n 6 -> 3 r 3
by
1f Ti >-» {
r,-
for i even
r,[ (-r)i
for i even for i odd
! J-U~J- „/. It may be easily checkedJ that xj)is(-r)i a linkage for graph i odd isomorphism. Therefore the : graph n arises from verbal embeddings commutative Therefore rings. linkage 6 It may be easily checked that ^/> is a linkage graphofisomorphism. the linkage graph n 6 arises from verbal embeddings of commutative rings. This example brings to light the isomorphism problem, namely, if two linkage groups L(R, Tj) and L(R, r 2 ) are isomorphic, are Ti and r 2 isomorphic? The answer is clearly "no" from this example. However, this may just be a fluke. The proper question to ask may be whether I \ and r 2 are isomorphic if L(R, Ti) and L(R, r 2 ) are isomorphic for every ring R. As will be seen linkage graphs which contains hexagons behave differently that those which do not contain hexagons. Perhaps the isomorphism problem should only be raised in the context of linkage graphs that have no hexagonal subgraphs. Perhaps a weaker form of the isomorphism problem should be considered: if L(R, Ti) and L(R, T2) are isomorphic for all R, then do Ti and T2 have the same number of vertices?
2.4
Constant Groups That Cannot Arise
In this section we will try to determine some constant groups that do not arise in verbal embeddings. We will do this by finding subgraphs which are not compatible with linkage graphs that embed at each vertex. We will need the linkage graphs in the next definition.
2-4 Constant Groups that Cannot
Arise
39
Definition 1. IfTi and T2 are linkage graphs then Ti is a linkage subset 0/T2 if the set of vertices, the set of edges, and the set of linkages 0/T1 are subsets of the set of vertices, set of edges, and set of linkages (respectively)
ofT2. We say that Tx is a linkage subgraph of T2 if Ti is a linkage subset 0/T2 and 1. Ifu,v
€ V'(r'i) and {u,v} is an edge in T2 it is also an edge in IV
2. If u,w £ V(Ti) and (u,v,w) (u,v,w) is a linkage ofYi
is a linkage of T2 then v £ V(T^) and
Definition 2. Let Cn, n > 3 be the n-chain linkage graph whose ver tices are 1,2,3, • • • ,n and whose linkages are (1,2,3), (2,3,4), ■ • ■, (n — 2,n — l,n Let Cn denote the linkage graph with vertices 1,2,3, ■ • •, n whose linkages are either (1,2,3) or (3,2,1) and not both, (2,3,4) or (4,3,2) but not both,- ■ ■, (n — 2,ra — 1,n) or (n,n — 1,n — 2) but not both. Let II„, n > 5 be the polygonal linkage graph whose vertices are 1,2,3, ■ ■ ■ ,n and whose linkages are (1,2,3), (2,3,4), • • •, (n — 2,n — l,n), (n— 1,7i, 1), (n, 1,2). Let Un denote the linkage graph whose vertices are 1,2,3, • • ■, n and whose linkages are (1,2,3) or (3,2,1) but not both, ■ ■ ■, (n, 1,2) or (2,1, n) but not both. Lemma 2.4.1. Suppose that II5 is a subgraph ofT. Then a ring R with identity cannot be embedded at each vertex of L(R,T). In fact, L(R,Tl5) is trivial. Proof. Let 1,2,3,4,5 be the vertices of T that correspond to the vertices of n 5 where: 1,2,3 are in a linkage; 2,3,4 are in a linkage; 3,4,5 are in a linkage; 4,5,1 are in a linkage; and 5,1,2 are in linkage. Consider the sub group of L(R, T) generated by RitRz, R3, Rtfes. Then this subgroup is the homomorphic image of L(R, II5). However, (Ri,R2, R3) is a normal subgroup of L(R,U5) since [R5,R2] = Ri and [R4,Ri] = -Rs- Now, R ® R, which is abelian, maps homomorphically onto L(R, Il5)/(Ri,R2,R3} = (i?4,i?s) . Since (Ri,R2, R3) is the image of a upper unitriangular matrix group it is solvable.
40
Linkage Graphs and Linkage Groups
Thus, L(R, 1T5) is a solvable group. Since every generator of L(R, II5) is a com mutator, it follows that it is a trivial group and hence R cannot be embedded at each vertex. □ Lemma 2.4.2. Suppose that Cn is a subset ofT. If a ring R with identity is embedded at each vertex in L(R, T) then Ri D Rj — e for 1 < i ^ j < n, for all n<5. Proof. Suppose that e ^ x € Ri D R2. Then x = r\ — s2 for some r,x £ R, r,s^0. Thus r2 = [r 1 ,l 3 ] ± 1 = [6 2 ,l 3 ] : t l = 3. Thus, r = 0 and R cannot be embedded at vertex 2. Similarly Ri fl Ri+i = e for i - 1,2,3,4. Suppose that x € Ri C\ R3. Then x = r-i = s 3 for some r, s £ R. But then r 2 = [r 1 ,l 3 ] ± 1 = [s 3 ) l3] ± 1 = e. Since R is embedded at each vertex it follows that r = 0 and % — r% = e. Similarly, R2 fl R4 — e and R3 C\ R5 = e. Suppose that rx = s 4 € -Ri 0 i?4- Then «3 = [la,*J ± 1 = [ 1 8 , ^ = 6. Thus, i?i ("1 i?4=e and similarly i?2 fl i?s = e. Suppose that rx = 55 e Rx n i? 5 . Then 54 = [ l 3 , 5 5 ] ± 1 - [ l 3 , r 1 ] ± 1 = r2±1. Hence, S4 = r* 1 £ R2 fl -R4 = e. This completes the proof. D Lemma 2.4.3 77iere is no verbal embedding of a ring R with identity with constant group C in which we have in Yc that a = b2 or a2 = b. Proof. Suppose a = b2 in C. Then we have in Fc that [a] = [b2]. Thus, in Tc we have the linkages ([a], [e], [6]) = ([&»], [e], [6])
2.4 Constant Groups that Cannot
Arise
41
and ([a],[e],[6])a=([« 2 ],[a],[6a]) = ([6],[a],[6a]). This means that R[i>] and R[a] commute. Hence He] = t r W' ![!>]] = eThis is impossible. A similar contradiction is reached if a2 = b. □ Theorem 2.4.4. There does not exist a verbal embedding of a ring R with identity in which the constant group C = (a, b) has order less than 6. Proof. Suppose : R —> G is a verbal embedding with constant group C = (a,b). Let Tc be the linkage graph constructed in Theorem 2.2.1. From Corollary 2.2.2 it follows that R is embedded at each vertex in TcClearly C cannot have order 1. Suppose C has order 2. The encoding word for the embedding is [xa, yb]. Now either b = a or b = e. But if 6 = a the encoding word is [x,y]a and this is impossible since [r^s*]" = e. If b = e then ([a], [e], [b]) = ([a], [e], [e]) is a basic linkage, and [r^a,5^] = e. Suppose that C has order 3. As in the previous case we cannot have b = e or b = a. Hence, b = a - 1 . We have the following basic linkages ([a], [e], [a -1 ]) and ([a2], [a], [e]) = ([a - 1 ], [a], [c])- The second linkage implies that Ri = [i?a,.R(,] = [i? a ,i? a -i] = e. This cannot be. Suppose that C is a cyclic group of order 4. By the previous lemma we cannot have a = b2 or b = a2. As in the first parts of this proof we cannot have a = e or b = e or a = 6. Hence, 6 = a - 1 . Thus Tc contains the linkage ([a], [e], [b])a = ([a2], [a], [e]) and also the linkage ([a2], [a], [e])a. = ([&], [a2], [a]). Then the 5-chain with vertices [b], [e], [a], [a2], [a3] is a subset of Tc- However, a3 = b which is a violation of 2.4.2. Suppose that C is the Klein 4-group. Then Tc contains the linkage ([a],[e],[6])6=([afc],[6],[e]). Since (ab)2 = e, the result follows as in the previous case. Finally, suppose that C is the cyclic group of order 5. We cannot have b = e, or b = a, or b — a2, or b2 = a. This leaves b = a - 1 = a4 as the only possibility. Thus the linkages ([a], [e], [a4])a; for i= 1,2,3,4,5
42
Linkage Graphs and Linkage Groups
all lie in Tc- But his means that Tc has a subgraph isomorphic to II5 in contradiction to Lemma 2.4.1. □ The above theorem eliminates some very small groups from the list of possible constant groups for verbal embeddings of rings with identity. M. F. Newman obtained the results of 2.4.4 for some specific rings using CAYLEY. If we drop the requirement that the ring have an identity then the theorem is not true as we will see in a later example. Groups of order 6 are not excluded by the theorem and, indeed, we have seen that both the groups of order 6 are constant groups for verbal embeddings of rings with identity. We will now eliminate some other groups as possible constant groups. Lemma 2.4.5. If R is a ring with identity that is embedded at each vertex of L(R, T) then the linkage graphs in Figure 8 and Figure 9 cannot be subsets of T. Proof. In Figure 8 and Figure 9 the linkages are (3,2,1), (2,3,4) and (1,2,3), (4,3,2), respectively. Suppose first that Figure 8 is a subgraph of T. Let r,s £ R and consider w = r j 1 s 4 r j 1 . Then r™ = [lfjrf]. Also rf = r2s^1r2r2r21s4r21
=
= r 2 s7 1 r 2 5 4 rj 1 = = r2S41s4r4[r2,s4]r21
=
= r2r4(rs)3r2~1 = r2(rs)3. In addition we have 1™ = I3 and r™ =r\. Hence, r2(rs)3
= r2u' = [l3,r 1 ]'" = [l3,r 1 ]r 2 .
Thus, (rs)3 = e for all r,s 6 R. Since 1 G R, we have R3 — e which is impossible. If Figure 9 is a subgraph of T then we consider w = r2"1s4r2"1 and r\" = [li,^]*" and continue in the same spirit. □
2.4 Constant Groups that Cannot Arise
43
Proposition 2.4.6 There does not exist a verbal embedding of a ring with identity with abelian constant group C = (a, b) in which either a or b is an involution. Proof. Assume the contrary and suppose that a2 = e and that C is abelian. Then Tc contains the linkages
(W.W.W), (H,[e],[6])a = ([eU(, [ba]) (M,[e],[&])«=([eU[H) and
2
]). ([«i] t [6], [#}). ([a], [e],[b])b [e],[b])b ==:(H,[6],[6 Since ba = ba we have in Tc a linkage graph isomorphic to Figure 8 which is impossible. If b2 = e then the result follows in a similar manner. □ Note that the above proof needs the assumption that the constant group of the verbal embedding is abelian. For example, the non-abelian group £3 = ( a i b) is a constant group for a verbal embedding and is generated by involutions a and b.
E x a m p l e 1. The examples of cyclic constant groups that we have seen are of the form C = (a) using the embedding word [x°, ya ]. This need not be the only form of the embedding word for a cyclic constant group. For example consider embedding of the integers modulo 2 into the unitary group 1/3(3) using the cyclic group C = (a) of order 7 as constant group using [xa,ya~ ]. Let C2i = (c) be the cyclic group of order 21. The mapping
cC
C21 — — C21 >►
c 1— > aa t—y
induces an action of C2i on Tc- K G is the split extension of L(Z2, Tc) by G2i there is a verbal embedding of Z 2 into G using the encoding word [xc,yc ]. Hence the encoding word does not have to be of the form [xa,ya ]. We will revisit this example in the next section.
Linkage Graphs and Linkage Groups
44
2.5
Regular Actions on Linkage Graphs
D e f i n i t i o n 1. LetTfi the linkage graph constructed in Theorem 2.2.1 on page 35. We know that H acts as a group of linkage graph automorphisms ofTuWe say that H a c t s r e g u l a r l y o n I V if whenever [d]c = [dc] = [d] for some c £ H and some vertex [d] it follows that
c—e.
Note t h a t if C acts regularly on Tc then if [x] = [y] in Tc implies t h a t x = y. In [7] a regular action was referred to as a fixed-point-free action. We have changed the name here to bring the terminology more in line with t h a t used in t h e study of permutation groups. P r o p o s i t i o n 2 . 4 . 1 . Suppose that L(R,Tc) arises from a verbal embedding with constant group C and encoding word [xa,yb]. Suppose that the action of C on Tc is regular. (i) IfTc
contains Figure 10 as a subgraph then a — 6 _ 1 and C is cyclic.
(ii) IfTc
contains Figure 11 as a subgraph then b2 = e.
(iii) IfTc
contains Figure 12 as a subgraph then a2 = a
(iv) / / Tc contains Figure 11 and 12 as a subgraphs then C is a infinite) dihedral group.
(possibly
Proof. Suppose that Tc contains Figure 10 as a subgraph. Each linkage of Tc is of the form ([ac], [c], [be]) for some c £ R. Hence, for some c,d € C we have ( 1 , 2 , 3 ) = ([oc],[c],[ic]) and ( 2 , 3 , 4 ) = ([ad], [d],[bd]). Since t h e action of C is regular it follows t h a t c — ad and be — d. Hence, bad = d. T h u s , ba = 1 and part (i) is proven. Suppose t h a t Figure 11 is a subgraph of Tc- Then there exist c,d G C such t h a t (1,2,3) = ([ac], [c], [6c]) and (4,3,2) = ( M , [ d ] , [bd]). Hence, c = bd and be — d. Thus, c = b2c and thus b2 — e. This proves p a r t (ii). P a r t (iii) is proven in a manner analogous to part (ii). P a r t (iv) fol lows from part (ii) and part (iii) since a group generated by involutions is dihedral. □
2.5 Regular Actions on Linkage Graphs
45
Theorem 2.4.2 Suppose that L(R,Tc) arises from a verbal embedding of a ring with identity and that the action of C on Tc is regular. If Tc contains Figure 6 as a subgraph then 2 3 C == C«i,b\ la2 = b2 = {ab) C=(a,b\a (ab)3 = -= e) e >& « sS33
and L(R,TCC)) = ST(3,R). ST(3,R). L(R,T Proof. From the previous result it follows that a2 = b2 = e. We also have linkages (1,2,3) = flac],[c], [6c]) and (3,2,1) = ( M , [ d ] , [bd]) for some c,d £ C. Thus, c — bd and d — be. Hence, (3,2,1) = ([ate],[6c],[c]). Also, for some x e C we have (1,0,5) = ([ax], [x], [6x]). Hence, x = ac and 5 = [6ac]. Also, for some y € C we have (4,5,0) = ([ay], [uy], [by]). Thus, y = bac and 4 = [a6ac]. Finally, for some z 6 C we have (2,3,4) = ([az], [z], [bz]). Hence, z = a6c and 4 = [6a6c]. Consequently, a6a = 6a6 and (a6) 3 = e. Hence, C = S3. We have a verbal embedding of R into the split extension G of L(R, Tc) by C = S3. The normal closure of R* in G is L(R, Tc)- Hence by Theorem 1.2.3 there is an epimorphism 0 i ::SST(3, 0! r ( 3 , JR) J ) --+ * £ ( L(R,T J 2 , r c C) ). . Now R is also verbally embedded in the split extension of ST(3, R) by S3 and the linkage graph Ts3 is precisely Tc- Thus, there is an epimorphism
e0:L(R,T :L(R,TCC)^ST(3,R). )^ST(Z,R). -tSTfrR). "a) It is clear that 8 and Q\ are inverses and this completes the proof. □ Note that the above result says that the group Sn cannot act regularly on the Steinberg linkage graph Tn for n > 4 since otherwise we would have L(R, Tn) = ST(3, R) for all n > 4 and this is not true. Proposition 2.4.3. Suppose that C is an abelian constant group that arises from a verbal embedding of a ring R with identity. Then there is a subgroup 5 of C such that C/S acts regularly on Tc- Hence, C/S acts as the constant group for a verbal embedding of R.
Linkage Graphs and Linkage Groups
46
Proof. Let S = {x e C \ f* = r, V r G R}. Then S is a normal subgroup in C. If [c] is a vertex of Tc then an element iS 1 of C/S acts by the formula [c]*s s = [ex]. [cx]. [c]'
This is well-defined since xS — yS implies that xy~* € 5 and thus 1
- li __ ^xy-^c ^cxyfcxyf*v "'c __ y~ ~ -cc
r
=
and therefore r
=
fcy
Suppose that i*S S [
for some vertex [c]. Then [ex] = [c] and hence cx= f—ex
r for all r e £ Thus,
-c —c
=r
l
-cxc~ r r = r = 1 for all r € /?. Therefore, x £ S and aS is trivial. This completes the proof. □
In light of the above result we now look back on Example 1 on page 49 in which the cyclic group C21 = (c) of order 21 acted as a constant group for a verbal embedding. The word used for the embedding was [xc,yc ]. The subgroup S in this example is (c7) = {e,c 7 ,c 1 4 }. The group C/S embeds the ring with encoding word [xc,yc ]. This raises the following question: if C is a cyclic group which arises as the constant group of a verbal embedding and if C acts regularly on To, then is the encoding word always of the form [xc, yc~ ]?
2.6
Sporadic Groups and Linkage Groups
If a ring with identity is verbally embedded in a non-abelian simple group then that group is the image of a linkage group by Theorem 2.2.4. We would now like to give some examples of simple groups that have verbal embeddings. We know that among the finite sporadic simple groups there is no verbal embedding of any ring with identity in Ju Janko's first group. We will now list the other 25
2.6 Sporadic Groups and Linkage Groups
47
sporadic groups and rings that are verbally embedding in them. This list may not exhaust all verbal embeddings into these groups. Note that if there is a verbal embedding of R into a group H and H is a subgroup of G then there is a verbal embedding of R into G. The best source for determining subgroups of the sporadic groups is the Atlas [4]. The computer calculations in the list will be explained in a later chapter. We will also show in a later section that Z 2 , the ring of integers modulo 2, can be verbally embedded in the alternating groups An for n > 6, and that the field of order q is verbally embedded in the Lie Group G^*?). 1. M j i , Mathieu group Z2 is embedded (computer calculation) 2. M12, Mathieu group TiiTiz are embedded (computer calculation) 3. M 2 2, Mathieu group Z 2 ,F4 (the field of order 4) are embedded since the group contains A6 and PSX(3,4). 4. J 2 , the Hall-Janko group Z2 is embedded (group contains PSL(3,2)
)
5. M23, Mathieu group Z 2 , F 4 are embedded (group contains M22) 6. HS, Higman-Sims group Z 2 ,F 4 are embedded (group contains M22) 7. J3, Janko group Z2 is embedded (group contains A6) 8. M24, Mathieu group Z 2 ,Z 3 ,Z 4 are embedded (group contains M12 and M22) 9. McL, the McGlaughlin group Z 2 , F 4 are embedded (group contains M22)
48
Linkage Graphs and Linkage Groups
10. He, Held's group Z2 is embedded (group contains PSL(3,2)
)
11. Ru, the Rudvalis group Z2 is embedded (group contains A$) 12. Suz, the Suzuki group Z 2 ,Z3,F 4 are embedded (group contains A$,PSL(Z,3),
£2(4) )
13. O'N, O'Nan's group Z 2 , Z 7 are embedded (group contains Ay and PSL(3,7) 14. C03, Conway group Z2,Z3,F 4 are embedded (group contains HS and M12) 15. Co?, Conway group Z 2 ,F4 are embedded (group contains HS) 16. .Fi22, Fischer group Z2,Z3,Z4 are embedded (group contains M12 and M22) 17. HN, Harada-Norton group Z2,Z3, are embedded (group contains A12) 18. Ly, Lyons group Z 2 , Z 5 are embedded (group contains M n and G2 (5) ) 19. Th, Thompson's group Z 2 is embedded (group contains AQ) 20. F%2z, Fischer group Z2,Z3, are embedded (group contains Ai2) 21. Coi, Conway group Z 2 ,Z 3 , F 4 are embedded (group contains M 24 )
)
2.7 Counter Examples
49
22. J 4 , Janko group Z2,Z 3 ,F 4 are embedded (group contains M24) 23. Fi24, Fischer group Z 2 , Z 3 are embedded (group contains ^23) 24. B, "The Baby Monster" Z2,Z3, F 4 are embedded (group contains HS and PSL(A, 3) ) 25. M, "The Monster" Z2,Z3 are embedded (group contains M12) 2.7
Counter Examples
The main results thus far have to do with verbal embeddings of rings with identity. In this section we will demonstrate what goes wrong with our results if the ring does not have an identity. Let Q = (a,b \ a4 = b4 = e, a2 — b2,ab = 6a _1 ) be the quaternion group of order 8 and D = (c, d \ c4 =
= e, a = b = c = d = e, aa2 — =-:b2u — = c\ <* , 2 a = b2 = c 2 , cd = dc~ dc~ \ab \ab = ba~ ba~-■l1 x cd — dc~ ,ab = ba~l, 4
4
2
=■ d
4
2
= [a ,d\ == [b,c]= [b,d[ =- e. [«,c] [a, c] = [a,d] = [b, c] = [b,d] = e. Now let a : N —► N be defined by Now let a : N —► N be defined by
0 1—> ab2cd
o 1—> ab2cd a
b1 \-^> c b 1—► c aa C H 8
d 1\—> —► c6. cb.
50
Linkage Graphs and Linkage Groups
By checking the relations of TV it can be shown that a is an automorphism of TV of order 5. (This can be checked by hand or by computer. In a later section we will actually check this with CAYLEY.) Let G be the split extension of TV by (a). Now let R = {0,2,4,6} be the ring of even integers modulo 8. Define cf>:R-+G
% ■-> c{ Since (R, +) is cyclic of order 4 it follows that is injective and that (r + »)* = r V , for all r, s e R. Now consider the word w(x,y) = [xa,ya~ ). We have io((2i)*,(2i)*)=u,(d ! ,e'') = = [(c«y,(c°-1y}
= [a\»} = {a,bYJ =
= (a~ 2 )^' = c 2i J = (2»2j)*. Thus, ^ is a verbal embedding. The constant group (a) is of order 5. This is in contrast with Theorem 2.2.4 in which it was shown that the constant group has to have order at least 6 when the ring being embedded has an identity. Futhermore, if we identify R with its image in G, we have RnRa
={a2) =
{e,a2}.
This contrasts with Theorem 1.2.1 and Lemma 2.4.2. Finally, normal closure of R in G is the group TV which has order 32 = is nilpotent and not perfect as required by Theorem 1.2.1. Now suppose that /? is any automorphism of TV such that if H is the split extension of TV by (/?), it may be checked that R-+H 2i h+c'
note that the 2 5 . Hence, TV cP = ad. Then the mapping
2.7 Counter
Examples
51
is a verbal embedding using the encoding word [x13, y] with constant group (/3). There are many candidates for /?. For example a
H->
ab2
b t—y a2bcd ct-y ad d t—> ac
The automorphism /? has order 2. Other such automorphisms exist of orders 3 and 4 as will be shown in a later section dealing with computer calculations. Note that a word of the form [x@, y] can never embed a ring with identity since this would give r = [l^r] = (l^)-lr-1l"r. This implies that ( l ^ ) _ 1 r _ 1 l ' ? = e, and hence r = e for all r which is not possible. Thus, we have here an example of a ring R that can be embedded with a given constant group C = (/3). However, R is contained in the ring S of integers modulo 8, and S cannot be embedded using the same constant group and encoding word.
52
Linkage Graphs and Linkage
Figure 2
Groups
Linkage Graph for ST(3,R)
2 . 7 Counter
Figure 3
Examples
Linkage Graph for ST(4,R)
53
54
Linkage Graphs and Linkage
Figure 4
Truncated Cube
Groups
2.7 Counter
Figure 5
Examples
Heptagon
55
56
Linkage Graphs and Linkage Groups
Figure 6
Hexagon 1
2.7 Counter
Figure 7
Examples
Hexagon 2
57
58
Linkage Graphs and Linkage Groups
Figure 8
Subgraph 1
2.7 Counter
Figure 9
Examples
Subgraph 2
59
60
Linkage Graphs and Linkage
Figure 10
Subgraph 3
Groups
2.7 Counter
Figure 11
Examples
Subgraph 4
61
62
Linkage Graphs and Linkage Groups
Figure 12
Subgraph 5
Chapter 3 COMBINATORICS IN LINKAGE GROUPS 3.1
Free Products With Amalgamation
In the previous chapter we discussed the manner in which linkage graphs arise from verbal embeddings. These linkage graphs have the property that the ring in question is embedded at each vertex in the linkage graph. In this chapter we will approach linkage graphs from another direction. We will construct linkage graphs using other means and then show that the ring is embedded at each vertex. Then we will use the linkage groups constructed to demonstrate the existence of verbal embeddings with various constant groups. First note that we can construct a linkage group merely by specifying a linkage graph and a ring. However, this is not what we mean by constructing a linkage group. For example, if R is a ring with identity then L{R, II5) is the trivial group by Lemma 2.4.1. We are looking for linkage groups in which the ring embeds at each vertex and this requires more than merely specifying a linkage graph and a ring. The first tool we will use in our construction is the free product with amalgamation. For complete details on this construction see for example [16]. In order to be able to refer to subgroups of linkage groups more easily we make the following definition. Definition 1. Let S be a non-empty subset of the set of vertices of a linkage graph T. The vertex subgroup corresponding to S is the following subgroup of L(R,T): R 1 E S). s=(= ri (n \r£R,: \r£R,ieS). Rs-If S consists of a single vertex i then Rs will be denoted by Ri as before. Consider first the case of two linkage graphs each consisting of a basic
63
64
Combinatorics
in Linkage
Groups
linkage, say, Ti consists of the linkage (1,2,3) and T2 consists of the linkage (4,5,6). Then we know that for any ring R the linkage groups G\ = L(R, Ti) and Gi = L(R, T2) are each isomorphic to the group of 3 x 3 upper unitriangular matrices over R. The subgroups Hi = =
<£(fl,r,)
R{2„3}
and Hi Hi == -ft{4,5} #{4,5}
are each isomorphic to R © R, the direct sum of two copies of the additive group of the ring. We identify these groups as follows Hi —►Hi Hi ^ -* h-» r44 r 2 H-> . H-> r& r3 i-> r5
We now form the following free product with amalgamation G\ ** G G22.. G =--Gt Hi HI
Now consider the group G3 — L(R,T3) where T3 has vertices {1,2,3,4} and linkages (1,2,3) and (2,3,4). The group G and G3 can be presented with the same generators and relations and are therefore isomorphic. The theory of free products with amalgamation shows that Giand G2 are both embedded as subgroups of G and hence in G3. Thus, the ring R is embedded at each vertex of G3 = L{R,T3). The construction presented above was first used by Leo Comerford in an (as far as we know) unpublished note. He continued with the technique to construct L(R, II m ) as follows. Construct an n-chain Cn and an m-chain Cm for m, n > 6. Consider the vertices of C m to be {1,2,3, ■ • •, m) and the linkages to be (1,2,3), (2,3,4),- ■ ■. Consider the vertices of Cn to be{m + l , m + 2 , • ■ • ,m + n) and the linkages to be (m + 1, m + 2, m + 3), (m + 4, m + 4, m + 6), • • ■. Consider the following subgroups
Hr #1 — = R{l,2,m-l,m.} R{l,2,m-l,m} <<
L(R,Cmm) L(R,C
and Hi-H2 =-
R{m+l,m.+2,m+n-l,m+n} R{m+1, m+2, 7n+n--l,m+ra} <
L(R,Cn).
65
3.1 Free Products with Amalgamation
Since m,n > 6 the subgroups Hi and H2 are both isomorphic to the free product (.R © R) * (R® R) and may be identified by the isomorphism *2 H2 Hi — ^H ri i—> ^m+7i—1 T2 H-V rm+n
r
m
.
*-* >-» r mm ++ i
rmm~i -i
l—
*
r
m+2
Now we identify # 1 and #2 by this isomorphism and form the following free product with amalgamation G = L(R,C G--L(R,C L(R,C m)* n). m) * L(R,C n). Hi Hi
As in the previous example it is clear that G = L(R, Cm+n-i). Clearly the above constructions can be generalized to include cases where the arrows in the linkages have different orientations. For example, we could have begun with the groups Gi and G2 above but amalgamated H% and H^, — R{i,2} where these subgroups are identified as follows —>H H3 H22 Hz —* i"i H-> rs r 5 ■. ri t~* h - > rr 4 r 22 H-> 4
Then the group L(R,Ti)
* L(R,T2)
is isomorphic to L(R,T)
where T has
vertices {1,2,3,4} and linkages (3,2,1) and (2,3,4). Similarly we can construct an n-chain Cn, n > 3 in which the orientation of the arrows in the linkages is arbitrary. We can also construct II„, n > 8. We now have the following result. Proposition 3.1.1. (Comerford) (i) For n > 3, R is embedded at each vertex of L(R, Cn) for every ring R. (ii) For n > 8, R is embedded at each vertex of L(R, Y[n) for every ring R. (iii) For n > 8, the cyclic group of order n serves as the constant group for a verbal embedding for any ring R. (iv) For n > 4, the dihedral group Dn of order 2n serves as the constant group for a verbal embedding for any ring R.
66
Combinatorics
in Linkage
Groups
Proof. T h e proofs of the first two parts of this result are contained in the previous paragraphs. For the third part we merely construct L(R, Un) as above. Then the cyclic group C = (c) of order n clearly acts as a group of linkage graph au tomorphisms on I I n by sending i t o i + l(mod n). Thus C acts as a group of automorphisms on L(R,Un). Let G be t h e split extension of L(R,Un) by C. Define t h e following mapping 4>:R^G > rir\ Clearly <j> is a monomorphism from (R, +) into G. Now r\ = r 2 and r\ T h u s we have = (rs)i. [rC
=
rn-\.
,41 =
Thus <j> is a verbal embedding with constant group C. For t h e last part of the theorem let n > 4 and construct polygonal linkage graph n 2 n with vertices { 1 , 2 , 3 , • • •, 2n} and linkages ( 1 , 2 , 3 ) , ( 4 , 3 , 2 ) , ( 3 , 4 , 5 ) , ( 6 , 5 , 4 ) , - - - , (2rc - l , 2 n , l ) , (2, l , 2 n ) . Let a b e t h e linkage graph automorphism given by 1H->2
1l 3 H-» 2n 4 i(-> - > 22nn --- l1 ■■ i-> 2n — - 2 5 H-» 2H>
: T h u s , a corresponds to the geometric reflection of Il2n about t h e line joining the midpoint of t h e edge {1,2} and the edge {n + 1, n + 2 } . Similarly let /3 be the linkage graph automorphism given by 1 i->2n ► 2n 2n — 2 i— (-»■ - 11 2n -— 2 . 3 I— H->>• 2n 4 t-» !-»• 3n — - 3
Thus, /3 corresponds to the geometric reflection of Il2 n about the line joining the midpoint of the edge { l , 2 n } and {n,n + 1}.
3.1 Free Products with Amalgamation
67
Let Dn = (a,b\ a2 — b2 — e, (ab)n = e). Then Dn acts on II2„ on each vertex i as follows i" = 1° i" = i" ■ Let G be the split extension of L(r,H2n)
by Dn. Then the mapping
cj>:R - > G r t-> rj
is a verbal embedding since [rj,s°] = [r„_i,s 2 ] = (rs)!. This completes the proof. □
The above discussion constructs linkage groups using the free product with amalgamation construction and groups corresponding to basic linkages. We will now continue in the same manner except that we need some more groups to serve as building blocks. Some linkage groups that we will construct will be groups which correspond to linkage graphs that are derived from specific verbal embeddings using Theorem 2.2.1. These graphs were constructed by computer and their origins will be discussed in a later chapter.
Let r be the linkage graph in Figure 1. Note that the two headed arrow in the diagram indicates one of two possible linkages. Thus, for example (2,1,4) is a linkage or (4,1,2) is a linkage, but not both. The group L(R, T) is easy to construct. Let Ai be the linkage graph with vertices 1,2,3 and edges {1,2}, {2,3}, {1,3} and no linkages. Let A 2 be graph with vertices l',2',4 and either (2', 1', 4) or (4,1', 2') as its sole linkage (and the appropriate edges). Then L(R, Aj) is the direct product of three copies of the additive group of the ring R and L(R, A 2 ) = U(R), the group of 3 x 3 upper unitriangular matrices over R. Let S — {1,2} and S' = {l',2'}. The Rs and Rs' are isomorphic via the map ?"! I—► Ty
r2 >-> r 2 /
68
Combinatorics
in Linkage
Groups
We can now form the free product with amalgamation L(R, Ai) * L(R.A2). Clearly this free product is isomorphic to L(R, T) and we can now say that R is embedded at each vertex (for any ring R).
Figure 1
Linkage Graph 1
Now let T be the linkage graph in Figure 2. We will now construct L(R, r ) and show that R is embedded at each vertex for any ring R. First let N denote the direct sum of three copies of the additive group of the ring.
3.1 Free Products with
Amalgamation
69
We identify Ri with elements of N of the form (r, 0,0). Similarly, elements of i?2 and i?3 are identified with elements of the form (0, r, 0) and (0,0, r), respectively. For elements y, z, s G R we define the following functions „ (,. ,\ _ J Vs pi\y,s> | _s2/
i i f ( 2 .1.4) i s a linkage ^ if ^ 1 2 ) i s a l i n k a g e
. | , , \ _ I *s ^ ' ; ~ \ -a*
linkage , if (3,1,4) is a Hi , if (4,1,3) is a lit linkage
and P2
For each a G -R wee can can define define an an operator operator A A33 :: N N —* —► N 1 by (x, y, z)A. = (x + pi(jf, a) + p 2 (z, a), y, z). Clearly, A.TA.S
If we identify the element a4 let G be split extension of N We will now do some niteness we will assume that
— A r _(_ s .
G R4 with .As then i?4 acts on N. We may now by i? 4 . sample computations in G. For the sake of defi(4,1,2) and (3,1,4) are linkages.
( r , 0 , 0 ) - = (r, 0,0)4, = (r +Pi(0,a) + p 2 (0,a),0,0) = (r,0,0), (0,r,0)'* = (0,r,0)A S = ( P l (r,a) + p 2 (0, a),r,0) = = (-ar,r,0), (0,0, r) s - = (0,0, r)As = ( P l (0, a) + p2(r, a), 0, r)) = = (ra,0,r). Thus, a4 commutes with ri = (r, 0,0). Also, [a 4 ,r 2 ] = (r2)-°*r2 = (-ar.O.Oj-^O.r.O) = (ar, 0,0) =
(sr^.
Similarly, [r 3 ,a 4 ] = K T 1 ^ ) 8 4 = ( 0 , 0 , - r ) ( r a , 0 , r ) = (ra, 0,0) =
(rs^.
Hence, the commutator relations are satisfied and G is the group whose rela tions are given by the linkage graph in Figure 2. Similar computations yield the same result for any of the various possible orientations of the linkages.
70
Combinatorics
in Linkage Groups
We can now construct the groups L(R, T) for T as in Figures 3 and 4, for example, if T is the linkage graph of Figure 4, by an iterated free product with amalgamation. We can similarly construct the linkage groups corresponding to Figure 5 and Figure 6. These, in turn, can be used as building blocks for many other linkage groups. Definition 2. Suppose that V is a linkage subgraph ofT and that A' is a linkage subgraph of A and that V and A' are isomorphic as linkage graphs. We define the free product of T with A amalgamating F* and A' to be the linkage graph T * A whose vertices, edges, and linkages are those of T and A where the vertices, linkages, and edges of V and A' are identified via their isomorphism. If r ' is a linkage subgraph of T then it need not be the case that L(R, T') = Rr'- For example, if R is any ring with identity, T = n 5 , and T' is a basic linkage of T,then we know from Lemma 2.4.1 that i?r' < L(R, II5) = {e}. However, L(R, V) is the group of 3 x 3 upper unitriangular matrices over JR. Note that if V is a linkage subgraph of T then there is an obvious epimorphism L{R,T')^R L(R, V) —>ri Rr> /g ^ rv 1 y rv
(3.1)
where rv is first considered to be an element of L(R, V) and then to be an element of i?r'- We will refer to 3.1 as the standard epimorphism. We are most interested in the situations in which this epimorphism is an isomorphism. This is an extension of the concept of embedding the ring at each vertex of L(R,T). The free product with amalgamation used above is very useful for showing that 3.1 is an isomorphism. In this case we will refer to 3.1 as the standard isomorphism. The following is clear. Proposition 3.1.2. Suppose that V is a linkage subgraph ofT and that A' is a linkage subgraph of A and that A and A' are isomorphic as linkage graphs. If standard epimorphisms L(R,F') —> Rr< and L(R,T) —> Rr are isomorphisms then •fc L(R,T* *A)*L(R,r) A)^L(R,r) L(R,T L}£L(R,A). Ai)L(R,A).
3.S The Collection
3.2
Process
71
The Collection Process
The method of construction of the group L(R, n m ) is valid as long as m > 8. Hexagonal linkage graphs such as Figures 2.6 and 2.7 can be constructed as in Chapter 2. This leaves heptagonal linkage graphs. We will come back to all of these in a later chapter when linkage graphs are connected to Lie Algebras. In this section we will describe a combinatorial method for constructing II m for TO > 7. This method involves a process reminiscent of Hall's collection process for nilpotent groups. Consider the polygonal linkage graph Um, m>7, with vertices 1,2,3,- • -,m. Let R be a ring (not necessarily associative but with at least 2 distinct ele ments). We introduce a relation -< on the vertices of n m as follows: 1 -< 2,1 -< 3 2^3,2^4 3x4,3-<5 m — \ < m,m— 1 ^ 1 m -< 1,TO -< 2 Note that the relation -< is not transitive. Although we read "~<" as "less than" each vertex is "less than" exactly two other vertices. If the relation were transitive then each vertex would be "less than" every other vertex. Let F(R, n m ) denote the free group generated by the set {r,- | r e -R\{0} and i is a vertex of n m } .
Definitions: 1. A word in F(R,Iim) is not freely reduced if it contains 0,- or if it contains an adjacent pair (ri)h(si)k for some vertex i and some integers h, k. Otherwise, a word is said to be freely reduced. The empty word is freely reduced. 2. If a, b are vertices in some linkage ofHm, we say that a and b react with each other and we denote this by a ~ 6. 3. Consider the word w = (ri) 0 ,(r 2 ) 0 2 ---(r n ) a „
72
Combinatorics
in Linkage Groups
where r; £ R. We say that vertex a,- moves in front of vertex aj if i > j , a,- ~ ak for k — j,j + !,•■• ,i — 1, and either a,- -< aj or ai = aj.
We now describe an algorithm that defines our collection process on words w = (ri)Si(r2)S2 ■ ■ ■ {rn)s„ in F(R, Um). Intuitively, in this algorithm we look for left most vertex ai in w that moves in front of a\. If there is one, then we move it in front of a\ by using steps that obey the relations of L(.ft,IIm). We continue this until nothing more moves to the front. Then we look for the first vertex that moves to the second position of the word. We continue until nothing else can be moved. The exact algorithm is as follows. COLLECTION PROCESS Step 1 Ifw is the empty word then w is called reduced and the process stops. Step 2 If w is not freely reduced then replace any occurrence of (rv)h(sv)k by (hr + ks)v for every vertex v and integers h, k. Replace any occurrence of 0V by the empty word. If w is now the empty word return to Step 1. If w is not freely reduced then began Step 2 again. Step 3 Find the first j > I such that aj moves in front of aj. If none exists, then find the first j• > 2 such that aj moves in front of a2, etc. If no such aj is ever found then we say w is reduced and the process stops. As soon as some aj is found that moves in front of some a,-, then we move (rj)aj in front o/(j"i)0l by a sequence of replacement moves of the following types: (i) Replace raSf, by str a if a and b are vertices joined by an edge. (ii) Replace raSf, by S),ra(rs)c if (a,c,b) is a linkage and a -4 c. (iii) Replace raS(, by Sb(rs)cra if (a,c,b) is a linkage and c -< a. (iv) Replace rasi, by Sbra(—sr)c if (b,c,a) is a linkage and a -< c. (v) Replace raSf, by si,{—sr)cra if (b,c,a) is a linkage and c -< a. After {rj)aj is moved in front o/(r,) a i then go to Step 2 and continue with w replaced by the newly transformed state of w.
3.2 The Collection
Process
73
In the Collection Process the replacement moves are taking place in words from the free group F(R,Um). The replacement moves correspond to relations in L(R, II m ) and so when a word is changed by a replacement move it does not change as an element of L(R, Tlm). It is necessary to prove two things as we proceed: • The Collection Process terminates after a finite number of steps and gives as an output a reduced word. • Two words represent the same element in L(R, II m ) if and only if the Collection Process yields the same reduced word when it is applied to them.
If these two things are shown then the reduced word that comes from the collection process will be a normal form, that is, we will be able to tell when two elements are equal in L(R, Um) merely by applying the Collection Process to the words. We will now give several examples of the Collection Process as applied to the group L(Z, II7). In these examples the notation w —y u will mean that the word u is derived from the word w by a finite series of replacement moves. 1. w — I1I4I1 and u = I4I1I4 are both reduced. (Note that in the symbol 1 4 the 1 represents a ring element, that is, an integer, and the 4 represents vertex number 4.) 2. w = 2 4 32li —* 32 (—6)324li = u. Here u is reduced. 3. w = l 1 l 2 2 5 (-6) 6 37 -+ l i l 2 2 5 3 7 ( - 6 ) 6 -> -+ 1x12372566 ( - 6 ) 6 -+ l 1 3 7 ( - 3 ) 1 l 2 2 5 6 6 ( - 6 ) 6 -» -+ 37li(-3)il 2 2 5 6 6 (-6) 6 -+ 37li(-3)il 2 2 5 0 6 ^ —+ 37(—2)il22s = u. Once again u is reduced.
We will now show by example that the collection process need not yield a normal form for L(R, Rm) if m < 7.
74
Combinatorics
in Linkage
Groups
1. (Non Termination of Collection Process) Let m — 5, and let R be a ring with a non-zero element a such that a2 = 0. Then w = axa,2(i4 —> and-^a-i —> a2<24ai —► a\a2a4, etc. Note: This example could really have been done with any ring R but it is easier to keep track of the commutator terms with a2 = 0. 2. (Unequal Reduced Forms For Equal Elements) Let m = 6, and let R = Z2 be the ring of integers modulo 2. We will first do some calculations in the group L(R, Te). Over this ring we do not have to keep track of minus signs and this makes our calculations easier. For example, l4=[l3, Is] = I3l5l3l5- However, calculations similar to the one we are about to make can be done over any ring. I4I1U I 4 l l l 4 == l 3I3I5I3L. l 5 l 3 l 5al ilil44 == = I1I2I3I5I6I2 I1I2I3I5I6I2I3I5I6I4 I3I5L3I4 == I1I4I2I6I2I6 — = = llUll.
Now I4I1I4 and I1I4I1 are both reduced and have a different form but they are equal in the group. 3.3
Termination of the Collection Process
Let w b e a reduced word in F(R, II m ), m > 6. In studying the collection process we will initially consider the word w r,- for some vertex i and some r £ R. To simplify notation we assume without loss of generality that i = 3. The vertices 1 and 5 will be called gates for 3. Since m > 6 it follows that 3 and 5 do not lie in the same linkage. This fact separates the II5 and lie from II m for m > 6, and in fact, this is crucial for what follows. Let w = (ri)ai(r2)a2 ''' (r™)a„ be a reduced word. If 3 lies in a common linkage with each of the vertices a,i and j is minimal with respect to aj being a gate for 3, then ((ri}a r i ) a 1i ((r%}m r 2 ) a 2 -!i--'(rs)a ••(»"i)a;i is called the first factor of w with respect to 3, or just the first factor of w. Thus, if a,j = 1 and TJ = r, then the first factor of w if either nr\ ,, or or
U47"i , o r
v2u4ri , or vv22tt33U4ri. u4rx.
3.3 Termination
of the Collection Process
75
We will denote this first factor by v2t3u4ri with the understanding that v,t or u could be equal to 0, in which case the term v2 or u4 is considered to be absent. If aj = 5 then the first factor of w is of the form V r!, v22tt3U 3u44n,
r €e R\0,
u,v,te u,v,t£R. R.
If j is maximal with respect to a,j being a gate for 3, then (ri)^ •
\. r n)a„
is called the last factor of w with respect to 3,.or just the last factor of w. If we use a notation similar to that for the first factor of to, then the last factor of w is of the form riu2t3v4, r5u2, rsU2,
r G € R\0,
u,v,t € R, or
r € JR\0, R\0, «u eG R.
In a similar fashion we can define the first and last factors of w with respect to any other vertex. In some of the replacement moves in the Collection Process we obtain ring elements of the form ±rs or ± s r . We will denote any one of these four signed products by p{r,s). Elements of the form p(p(r,s),t) or p(r,p(s,t)) will be denoted by p(r, s, t). When a word u has be reduced by the collection process, then we will denote the reduced form of the word by u. The following extremely technical result describes what happens in the collection when r3 moves to the first factor of w r3. Lemma 3.2.1. Let w = (ri) a i (r 2 ) a 2 • • ■ (r n ) a „ be a reduced word in F(R,Um) where m > 6. Suppose that w has at least one gate for 3 and that 3 is in a common linkage with every vertex a,- of w. Suppose further that in applying the collection process to w r3 that r 3 moves into the first factor of w. Then (i) The collection process on w r3 terminates after a finite number of steps. (ii) The gates for 3 in w r3 are the same as the gates for 3 (and in exactly the same order) as the gates for 3 in w. (iii) In applying the collection process to (w r3)s3, the s3 moves to the first factor of w r3.
76
Combinatorics
in Linkage Groups
(iv) The first factor ofw is either a^Ste^i or £22/324*5 (depending on whether the gate for 3 in the first factor is 1 or 5), where x,y,z £ R and s,t G /?\{0}. (If x — 0, y = 0, or z — 0, then we consider x2,y3, or Z4 to be the empty word and thus not actually appearing in w. (v) The first factor ofw r 3 is either (x')2(j/')3S4 1 and that the gates for 3 are (in order) gi,gi,--- ,gicCase 1: gk-i = gk = 1. Then w = ■ • ■ s ^ ^ u i j A i where x,y G R and s,t,u G i?\{0}. Hence, w r 3 -> • • • s1x2t4u1 r3 (p(r, u))2 y4. w'
The induction hypothesis applies to w' r3, and thus it may be reduced by applying the Collection Process. Since the r4 moves into the first factor there are two subcases: (i) Si is immediately preceded in w' by v$, v ^ 0. (ii) 5i is immediately preceded in w' by V4, v / 0. Suppose that (i) holds. If p(r, u) = 0 then we have w r3 —> (w' r3) uiy4. Thus we may assume that p(r, u) ^ 0. Then we have wr3-y-
v&si (x + p(r,s) + p(r,u))2 s
(p(r,u,t))s
t4«i2/4-
*
v w"
Now w" is reduced. If p(r,u,t) hypothesis applies to
= 0 then we are done. If not, then induction w"(p(r,u,t))3.
3.3 Termination
of the Collection
77
Process
Thus, w r3 -+ ■ ■ ■ u 5 si (x + p(r, s) + p(r, u) +p(s,r,u,
t))2 <4Wii/4
and this final word is reduced. Suppose that (ii) holds. Since w is reduced it must be that x = 0. We have w r3-> ■■■ U43ir3i4ui (p(r, u))2 y4 ->■ • ■ v4S! r3t4Ui (p(r, u)\ y4. w'"
Now w'" is reduced. If p(r, u) = 0 then we are done. If not, then (p(r, u))2 moves in. The gates for 2 are 4 and m. There can be no m's in w'" since otherwise r 3 would not be able to into the first factor. Since w'" is reduced and has the same gates for 3 as the word w with the last factor removed, it follows that the number of 4's in w'" is less than the number of gates for 3 in w. Hence the induction hypothesis applies to moving in (p(r, u)) 2 , and this case is finished. Case 2: gk-i = 9k = 5. We have w = ■ • ■ S s ^ s ^ where x £ R and s,t,u £ R\{0). Hence wr3~*y-
s5t2r3 (p{r, u)) 4 u5x2. V VJ1
By induction we have wr3 ->■ • • s5t2
{p(r,u))4usx2.
reduced
Now the gates for 4 are 2 and 6, but there are no 6's in w'. If p(r, u) = 0 we are done. If not, then (p(r, u)) 4 moves into the first factor, or until it meets a vertex of 1, or until it meets another vertex of 4. As (p(r, u)) 4 moves in it cannot create any commutator except 3. By induction these 3's move to the from as the original r3 does and this case is done. Case 3: gk-i = 1, 3k = 5. In this case we have w = ■ ■ ■ Six2y4t5z2 where x,y,z € R and s.t G R\{0}. Thus i o r 3 - > ■■■s1x2r3 {y + P(r,t))4 t5z2. induction applies
If Si is immediately preceded by v& where v ^ 0, then w r3 ->- - • u 5 si (x + p(r, t))2 (y + p(r, t))415 z2, * ' w reduced by induction
78
Combinatorics in Linkage Groups
and this final word is reduced. If Si is not preceded by v5 then w r3 reduces according to the lemma. Case 4: 9k-i = 5, gu — 1. Here we have w = • • ■ s5tix2y4 where x,y £ R and s, t G # \ { 0 } . Hence, «>r3-» ■■■s5r3t1
(x + p(r,t))2yi
->
induction applies
-» ■■■s5ti
(x+p(r,t))2y4
and this last word is reduced. The proof is now complete. □ The above lemma is the starting point for the next result which will be fundamental in deriving our normal form results. Before starting we need another definition. Definition 2. For any vertex i mutator of i. The vertices i — 1 and of i. If j is an m-fold commutator of i, commutators of i. (Of course the +1
of Hm we say that i is a 0-fold com i + 1 are called 1-fold commutators then j ' — 1 and j + 1 are ( m + l ) - f o l d and —1 here are done modulo m.)
Lemma 3.2.2. Let w be a reduced word in L(R,Tlm) for m > 6. Suppose that w does not end in t 3 , t ^ 0. If wr3 is not reduced then (i) the collection process on w r3 terminates after a finite number of steps and yields the reduced word WT3, and (ii) the last factor of wr3 is the same as the last factor of w unless w ends in ■85^1^22/4, where s,t ^ 0. In this caseWr^ ends in s$t\a(x-\- p(r,t))2 y4. Proof. Assume that the result is false and pick a counter example w of minimal length. Suppose that in applying the Collection Process to w r3 no n-fold commutator of 3 ever gets collected to the first factor of w. If w = saw' where s ^ O , then w' is a counter example of shorter length. Hence we may assume that some n-fold commutator of 3 reaches the first factor of w. We proceed by induction on n. If n = 0 then the result is the previous lemma. Hence, we may assume that n > 0.
3.3 Termination
of the Collection
Process
79
Thus we have w = w'w" where w' is a non-empty reduced word and r3 moves all the way to the first vertex position of w" in the Collection Process. In Figure 8 we have a tree that will help us keep track of the possible vertices of w. In this tree the symbol \3J indicates the position in w to which r3 is initially collected. Note that w may or may not have an element S3 at this position. Beginning at \z\ and going to the right a finite sub-branch of this tree represents the vertices of w". A finite sub-branch going to the left represents the vertices of w'. Suppose the vertices of w" are represented by the branch of Vertex Tree 1 which begins [3]—5 . Collecting r 3 to the front of w" we may produce more vertices, but the only vertex that could be produced and move across the initial 5 of w" is a vertex of 4 or another 3. We need to know what could cause a 4 to be moved into w'. Vertex Tree 2 in Figure 9 shows what vertices must be present in w' in order to draw in a vertex of 4. After collecting r3 to the [3j position of w, a commutator S4, s ^ 0, may be produced at r3 moves across the vertex 5. The next step in the Collection Process would be applied to (w'r3)
s4.
reduced
(Refer to Figure 9.) Since an n-fold commutator of 3 reaches the first factor of w, it follows that an (n-l)-fold commutator of 4 reaches the first factor of w' 7-3. Hence, w'r3s4 collects according to the induction hypothesis. Thus, if w' = ■ ■ ■ t$U2X3Vs where t, M, V ^ 0 then we have w r3 —> • ■ • t6u2{x + r)3 S4V5 •■•-»••■ t6u2(x + r + p(s, M)) 3 V5
In collecting w'" everything proceeds essentially as it did for w"r3 except at than any 4-vertex that collects in front of v5 must also collect across the 3vertex and the ^6^2- By induction ^ 2 remains. The steps remaining in the Collection Process are those from reducing w'r3 and this collects according to Lemma 3.2.1. This ends this case. If the vertices of w" are represented by the branch of Vertex Tree 1 that begins with [§]—4, then the proof if completely analogous to the above and hence it will be omitted. This completes the proof. □
80
3.4
Combinatorics in Linkage Groups
The Normal Form Theorem
In the previous section we proved that the Collection Process (over the link age graph II m , m > 6) acting on words wr3 where w is a reduced word, always terminates after a finite number of steps. Now suppose that w = (n)ai(r2)a 2 ■ ■ • (r„) a „ where r^ £ .ft\{0} and each a,- is a vertex. We apply the Collection Process in a left-normed fashion, that is, we first reduce (ri) 0 1 (r2)fl2. Let w' be its reduced form. Then we reduce w'(r3)a3. Continuing in this fash ion we will after a finite number of steps reach a reduced word w. We may view L(R,Tlm) in several ways. For example, let N be the set of reduced words . Then L(R, II m ) may be regarded as the group whose elements are the elements of N with the group operation denned as follows. If w, u 6 N then the product of w and u is the word wu obtained from the left-normed Collection Process as applied to the concatenation of w and u.
There is another way to view L(R,Um). Let F(R,Um) defined in the previous section and let Sym(N) be the group of all permutation on N. There is a homomorphism e : F(R,Ilm) -r Sym{N) n \-r (r,)* where u;(r;)* = Wfl. Then w may be viewed as the image in N of the empty word under the permutation we : N —► N. It is this view that we will take. Note that all of the above work holds no matter what orientation the arrows in the linkages have. Thus, we may be working over II m or over II m as long as ra > 7. We can now prove the following. Theorem 3.4.1 (NORMAL FORM THEOREM).Le< m > 6. Let w,u two reduced words in F(R, II m ). Then w = w if and only ifw = u in the group L(R,nm). Proof. Let K be the set of relations in L(R, Um). Let u and w be reduced words in F(R,Um). If u = w in the group L(R,Um) then u = vw for some v £ K. Then u — vw = vw = w and both u and w have the same normal form. If two elements of F(R,Um) have the same normal form then they are clearly equal in L(R, Um). This proves the theorem. □
3.5 Consequences of the Normal Form
Theorem
81
Remarks 1. If we restrict out attention to the m-chain graph Cm rather n m than the Normal Form Theorem still holds (for m > 3). The proof is actually simpler since, for example in C$ the vertices 1 and 6 do not lie in the same linkage. 2. If Coo is the linkage graph whose set of vertices is set of Integers and whose linkages are (i,i + l,i + 2) or (i + 2,i + l,i), then the Normal Form Theorem holds for L(R, Coo). 3. In view of the fact that 0 is a homomorphism, the Collection Process need not be performed in a left normed fashion. Thus, if the replacement moves are performed in any order at all on a word w then whenever a reduced word is reached, then this reduced word is the word w yielded by the left-normed Collection Process. 3.5
Consequences of the Normal Form Theorem
There are many consequences of the Normal Form Theorem for the combina torial structure of the group L(R, II m ), m > 6. We will describe some of the most important in this section. For m > 7 most of these results follow from the free product with amalgamation construction given in section 3.1. For m = 7 these results need the Normal Form Theorem. Proposition 3.5.1 R is embedded at each vertex of L(R,]lm),
m > 6.
Proof. Let i be a vertex of II m . The word rt- is in reduced form. Hence the mapping R —t L(R,flm) given by r t-* r{ is thus one-to-one for each i. □ Proposition 3.5.2. Form > 6 the vertices 1,2,3, • • ■ ,m — 2 in Um are vertices of a subgraph isomorphic to Cm-2 (the orientation of the arrows in the subgraph being the same as the corresponding arrows in the graph). For m > 6 the mapping L{R,Um) ^ L(R,flm) is a monomorphism.
82
Combinatorics
in Linkage Groups
Proof. The Normal Form Theorem applies elements in L(R, Cm) and the Collection Process works in exactly the same way for these elements whether they are considered to be in L(R, Cm) or in L(R, Ylm). O Proposition 3.5.3. Let R be a ring with more than one element. (i) Every subgroup of finite index in L(R, II m ), m > 6, contains a free subgroup of rank 2. (ii) Every subgroup of finite index in L(R,Cm), group of rank 2.
m > 3, contains a free sub-
Proof. In either case (i) or (ii) we consider the subgroup #{1,3,4}. From the Normal Form Theorem we have
(R3 S© Ri). #{i,3,4} = Ri B RA). X * {Rz {i, 3,4} ^R R
It is a standard exercise (see [16], page 195, exercise 19) that the free product of two non-trivial groups with at least one of them of order more than 2 contains a free subgroup of rank 2. Since R has at least two elements, i?2 @ Ri has at least 4 elements. Hence, #{1,3,4} has a free subgroup, say F, of rank at least 2. Now let H be any subgroup of finite index k in L(R, II m ) or L(R, II m ). By the Nielsen-Schreier Theorem ([21], Theorem 6.1.1) H H F is a free group of rank 2& + 1 — k = k+1. Hence, H 0 F is a free subgroup of H of rank at least 2. D Proposition 3.5.4. If S is a subring of R then the following mappings are monomorphisms: (i)
L(S,C ) -+L{R,C L(S,Cmm)-^L(R,C m) m) t-t Si Si H->
for for m m > >33.. (ii)
L(s,nm) -*L(R,nm) L(s,nm)Si ^ L(R,nm) *-* Si for m m > 77..
Si t-* Si
3.5 Consequences of the Normal Form
Theorem
83
Proof. The Normal Form Theorem applies to elements that come from S as well as R. □ Proposition 3.5.5. Ifm > 7 then any element of finite order in L(R,U.m) is conjugate to an element in a basic linkage. Hence, if the additive group of R is torsion-free, then so is L(R,Tlm). The same is true of L(R,Cm), m > 3. Proof. In this proof we will use explicitly the iterated free product with amalgamation construction of L(R, II m ) for m > 7. Recall that in a free prod uct with amalgamation an element of finite order is conjugate to an element in one of the factors. This forces an element of finite order in L(R, fim) to be conjugate to an element in one of the basic linkages. These basic linkages are isomorphic to the 3 x 3 upper unitriangular matrix group U(R). Since U(R) is an extension of (R, +) by (R, +) ® (R, +), it follows that L(R, fim) is torsion-free if (R, +) is torsion-free. The same argument applies to L(R, Cm). □ Proposition 3.5.6. / / R has more than one element and m > 6, then L(R, II m ) is centerless. Proof. Let w be a non-trivial word in the center of L(R, II m ). If m > 7 then the result is true by the free product with amalgamation construction. Let m = 7. Without loss of generality we may assume that w ends in • ■ • si for some s € i?\{0}. Let r G i?\{0}. Consider a word of the form u =
r4r7r3r6r2r5ri
In u the vertices start at 4 and then each vertex is the previous vertex plus 3 (modulo 7). It is clear that the normal form of wu is just wu (the concatenation of w and u with no reduction possible). The word w may begin with any vertex. For the sake of definiteness we assume w = t\ ■ • ■ s\. We also assume that u = TA ■ ■ • r5ri- ID applying the reduction process to uw we find that the £4 of w does not move in. If some other vertex from w moves in across the ri of u, then it must be of the form xt- where i is a vertex that reacts with 1 and 4. The only vertices that react with both vertices 1 and 4 are 2 and 3 However, if a 2 or 3 moves in, it would have already moved into the front of w to begin with. Since w is reduced this is not possible. Hence, the normal form
84
Combinatorics
in Linkage Groups
of uw is uw itself. Since w is central we thus have that uw = wu. This cannot happen unless w is of the same form as u. Hence there are many elements of the group that do not commute with w. □ Proposition 3.5.7. / / R has more than one element and m > 1 then G — L(R,Hm) contains no non-trivial normal subgroups of finite order. Proof. Let x be an element of finite order in G. Then with out loss of generality we may assume that x lies in a single linkage. Thus, suppose that in normal form x = r^tz- Let c be a non-zero element of R. Now let Un =C6C 2 C6C 2 • ■ • C2Cg . " v ' 3+2n times
Then w"1 x un is in reduced form since m > 7, and is in the normal closure of a; in G. Hence this normal closure is infinite. □ Remark: The example in chapter 1 of a verbal embedding of the integers modulo 2 into the unitary group 1/3(3) gives rise to the heptagonal linkage graph H7. When it was initially studied it was not apparent whether or not L(R, H7) had order greater than 1. The unitary example shows that L(Z2,Hr) has order at least 6048 and embeds the ring at each vertex. The combinatorial results listed above show that L(R, H7) is infinite for any ring with more than one element. In a later chapter we will try to identify the kernel of the mapping
L(z2,n7)-+r/3(3). We now know that this kernel is infinite and must contain a free subgroup of rank 2 (and hence a free subgroup of countably infinite rank). We also know that L(Z 2 ,n7) is centerless and that the elements of finite order have orders 1,2, or 4. 3.6
Standard Linkage Graphs
In this section we will describe some special linkage graphs T such that the consequences of the Normal Form Theorem described in the last section all apply to L(R, T) for any ring R with identity. Let £ be one of the linkage graphs in Figure 5 or 6. Now consider the group G = L(R, S ) where R is
3.6 Standard Linkage Graphs
85
a ring with identity. The group G is a free product with amalgamation and as such its center is a subgroup of the amalgamated part of the two factors. However, this means that the center of G is trivial. Also note that G has a free subgroup of rank 2 and as in Proposition 3.4.3 ever subgroup of G of finite index has such a free subgroup. Definition 1. The linkage graphs £ and IIm, m > 7, are standard linkage graphs. Any linkage graph that is obtained from two standard linkage graphs by the free product with amalgamated subgraph is also a standard linkage graph. If T is a standard linkage graph then L{R, T) is called a standard linkage group. By using the properties of the free product with amalgamated subgroup construction we may now easily prove the following. Theorem 3.6.1. Let R be a ring with identity and let T be a standard linkage graph. Let G = L(R, T). Then (i) The ring R is embedded at each vertex of G. (ii) Let A be a linkage subgraph of T. Then the inclusion map L(R,A)^L(R,T) is a monomorphism. (iii) A subgroup of finite index in G contains a free subgroup of rank 2, and hence contains a free subgroup of countably infinite rank. (iv) Suppose that S is a subring of R. Then the inclusion map
L(s,r) -> L(R,r) is a monomorphism. (v) An element of finite order in G is conjugate to and element in a basic linkage. Thus, if the additive group of R is torsion-free, then G is torsionfree. (vi) The group G has trivial center.
86
Combinatorics in Linkage
Figure 2
Linkage Graph 2
Groups
3.6 Standard Linkage
Figure 3
Graphs
Linkage Graph 3
87
88
Combinatorics
Figure 4
in Linkage Groups
Linkage Graph 4
3.6 Standard Linkage Graphs
Figure 5
Basic Piece
89
90
Combinatorics
Figure 6
in Linkage Groups
Basic Piece
3.6 Standard Linkage Graphs
Figure 7
Heptagonal Linkage Graph
91
92
Combinatorics
Figure 8
in Linkage
Groups
Vertex Tree 1
3.6 Standard Linkage Graphs
Figure 9 Vertex Tree 2
93
Chapter 4 LINKAGE LIE ALGEBRAS AND GROUPS 4.1
The Exponential Map
The bracket operator [_, _] occurs in group theory and denotes the commutator operation. It also occurs in the theory of Lie rings and Lie algebras where it is referred to as the Lie bracket. These two bracket operators are, of course, closely related. Definition 1. Let R be a ring. A Lie ring over R is a module M over R with a binary operation [_,_] on M such that 1. [a;, x] = 0, for all x £ M. 2. [a;, y] = —[y, x], for all x,y £ M. 3. [rx + sy,z] = r [x, z] + s [y, z], for all x,y,z
£ M, and all r, s £ R.
4. (Jacobi Identity) [a;, y,z] + [y,z,x] + [z,x,y] = 0, for all x,y,x where [x,y,z] = [[x,y],z]
£ M,
If R is a field then a Lie Ring is called a Lie algebra. In most of our considerations it will not matter whether or not R is a field. Hence we will loosely speak of Lie algebras even when we should more properly speak of Lie rings. This will cause no confusion. We will now use a linkage graph to define a Lie algebra by generators and relations in the same way we used linkage graphs to define groups by generators and relations. Definition 2. Let R be a ring and Y be a linkage graph. The linkage Lie algebra defined by R and T is the Lie algebra generated by the set of
95
96
Linkage Lie Algebras and Groups
vertices ofT together with the standard Lie relations and the following linkage relations (i) [r u,su] = 0, for all r,s G R, for all vertices u, (ii) [ru,«»] = 0,for all r,s € R, if u and vare connected by an edge in T, (iii) [ru,su] = (rs)w, for all r,s G R, if (u,w,v)is algebra will be denoted by C{R,G).
a linkage ofT. This Lie
As a first example, let T be the hexagonal linkage graph of Figure 2.6. We will now construct a multiplication table for the bracket operation in C(R, T). We will temporarily denote [i,j] by ij for the sake of simplicity. We can read off many of the multiplications immediately from the linkage graph T. For example, 1 1 = 0 , 1 2 = 0 , 1 3 = 2. The rest of the multiplications we can compute using the Jacobi identity. For example, (1 3 ) 5 + (3 5 ) 1 + (5 1)3 = 0 which implies 25 + 4 1 + 6 3 = 0. Hence, 141 = - ( 4 1 ) 1 = (2 5)1 + (63)1 = = - ( 5 1 ) 2 - (12) 5 - (31) 6 - (16) 3 = = -62-0 + 26-0 = = 26 + 26 = 1 + 1. Hence, 1(14) = -(14)1 = - 1 4 1 = - 1 - 1 . We will now perform several more calculations in this algebra. 251 = 1 4 1 - 6 3 1 = 1 + 1 + 316 + 163 = = 1 + 1 + 3 1 6 = 1 + 1 - 2 6 = 1 + 1 - 1 = 1. Hence, 1(25) = - 1 . 142 = - 4 2 1 - 2 1 4 = 2 4 1 = - 3 1 = = 13 = 2.
4-1 The Exponential Map
Hence, 2(14) = - 2 . 252 = 1 4 2 - 6 3 2 = = - 4 2 1 - 2 1 4 + 326 + 263 = = - 3 1 + 13 = 2 + 2. Hence, 2(25) = - 2 5 2 = - 2 - 2. 143 = - 4 3 1 - 3 1 4 = 2 4 = - 3 . Hence, 3(14) = 3. 2 5 3 = - 5 3 2 - 3 2 5 = 352 = 42 = 3. Hence, 3 (2 5) = - 3 . 144 = 254 + 634 = = -542-425-346-463 = = 2 4 5 - 4 6 3 = - 3 5 + 53 = - 4 - 4 . Hence, 4(14) = 4 + 4. 145 = - 4 5 1 - 5 1 4 = - 6 4 = - 5 . Hence, 5(14) = 5. 256 = - 5 6 2 - 6 2 5 = 265 = - 1 5 = 6. Hence, 6(2 5) = - 6 . (14)(25) = - 4 ( 2 5 ) 1 - 2 5 1 4 = = 2541-2514 = = - 4 1 - 1 4 = 0.
97
98
Linkage Lie Algebras and Groups
[,] 1 2 3 4 5 6 14 25
1 0 0 -2 -14 6 0 1+1 1
2 0 0 0 3 -25 -1 2 2+2
3 2 0 0 0 -4 -25+14 -3 3
Table 4.1
4 14 -3 0 0 0 5 -4-4 -4
5 -6 25 4 0 0 0 -5 -5-5
6 0 1 25-14 -5 0 0 6 6
14 -1-1 -2 3 4+4 5 -6 0 0
25 -1 -2-2 -3 4 5+5 -6 0 0
Lie Multiplication Table
The above calculations allow us to create a multiplication table for the Lie alge bra £ = £(R, T). This algebra has as its basis the elements 1,2,3,4,5,6,1 4,2 5. The complete bracket operation is given in Table 4.1. Notice that in this bracket operation we have x i i i — 0 for ever vertex i and every x 6 C For each vertex i we let ad{i) denote the adjoint m a p p i n g ad(i) : C —► C x i-> [x,i] In the algebra we are considering we have ad(i)h = 0, for all integers k > 2. For every vertex i and every r 6 jR we define the exponential m a p °° rk exp (r ad(i)) = I + £ TfO^O* where / is the identity map. Ostensibly the definition of the exponential map is an infinite sum and requires — to be in the ring for all k. However, in our k\ present example the sum is not infinite since ad(i)k = 0 for k > 2. It would still appear that - must be in the ring in our present example. We will sidestep this issue for the moment and assume that our ring R contains the inverses of enough integers to define the exponential map, and that R is commutative. We say that the linear transformation ad(i) is nilpotent if there is some integer k such that ad(j)k = 0. We say that ad(i) is locally nilpotent, if for each x e £{R, T) there is a positive integer k such that x ad(i)k = 0. Whenever we say that t h e exponential m a p can b e defined we mean that each ad(i)
4-1 The Exponential
99
Map
is nilpotent or locally nilpotent and that the commutative ring R contains enough inverses of integers. In order to continue with this example and others we need to know more about the exponential map. The next few results are special cases of the Campbell-Baker-HausdorfF formula (see [16]). Proposition 4.1.1. Let r,s G R and i,j be vertices ofT. Suppose that R is commutative. If the exponential map can be defined then: (i) exp (r ad(i)) exp (s ad(i)) = exp ((r + s) ad(i)), (ii) If i and j are joined by an edge in T, then exp ((r ad(i)) exp (s ad(j)) — exp (s ad(j)) exp (r ad(i)).
Proof. Since the exponential map can be defined we can may assume that the infinite sums involved are convergent. We first consider the following product exp (r ad(i) ) exp (s ad(j)) = 2
2
= (I + r ad{i) + j ad(i)2 + ■ ■ ■)(/ + s ad(j) + i - ad(jf
+ ■••) =
r2 = I + rad(i) + — ad(i)2 + • ■ ■
u ^
r2s +s ad(j) + rs ad(i) ad(j) + — ad(i) 2 ad(j) + ■ ■ ■ +~ ad{jf + ^ y - ad(i) ad{j)2 + ■■■ Now suppose that i = j . Then (4.1) becomes / + (r + s) ad(i)
r 2 +
+
2 r s
+ g2
ad{i)2
+
..,
(42)
100
Linkage Lie Algebras and Groups
In this sum the coefficient of ad(i)n is n n
fc n -k r„fc„n—fc .s
E £«(»-*)!" fc!(n- ■k)V
fc=0
Here we have of course used that R is commutative. Hence the coefficient of ad(i)n is n\ A r r*k3sn-~*k = E L o C O ^ " " * _ fr + «)" n! n! £Qk\{n-k)\ n\t £ k\(n - *)! n\ n\ Thus, (4.2) becomes
^{r±sr , ad{i)n = exp ((r + s) ad[i)) I+ ad(i)).. I + E ^ ad{tT 71=1
This proves part (i). Now suppose that i and j are joined by an edge in I\ Then [i,j] = 0 in C(R, T). Thus by the Jacobi identity we have
[fc.*1.J] = = [*i* ,/] = = -[*>/•«]-!>*,*•»]--[*>ii«] - [ > , ar.i] = -[[),*]■+ i, i] == = --[o,a] [*,j,«] +-[*»j
= [[x [[*,»i]. j], »]. »1 Therefore, xad(i)ad(j) = xad(j)ad(i), that is, ad(i)ad(j) Thus, exp(r i) exp(s, j ) = exp(sj') exp(ri).
=
ad(j)ad(i).
This completes the proof. □ We will use the bracket operator [-., _] to denote the group commutator when we are dealing with a group operation, the Lie multiplication when we are dealing with the operation in £(R, Y), and we when we are dealing with linear transformations such as ad{i) and ad(j) we will us it to denote the ring commutator [ad(i),ad(j)] = ad(i)ad(j) — ad(j)ad(j) (which is, of course, a Lie multiplication).
4-1 The Exponential Map
101
Suppose that the exponential map can be defined. By part (i) of the previous result it follows that exp(r ad(i)) is an invertible linear transformation on C(R, T) and that (exp(r ad(i))) - 1 = exp (—r ad(i)).
Definition 3. If the exponential map can be defined on C(R, T) then the Lie group associated t o C(R, T) is defined to be the group G(R,T) = (exp(ri) \reR,ie
V(T)).
The group G(R, T) is also called a linkage Lie group. We need the following technical lemma. Lemma 4.1.2. Suppose that for some x € C — C (R, T) and that X and Y are linear transformations of C Suppose there is a positive integer m such that x Xm = xYm = x[X,Y]m Suppose also that [[X,Y],X]
= 0.
= 0 and [[X,Y],Y] = 0. Then (X + Y)4m'3
=0
and exp (X + Y) exp (±[X, Y]j = exp (X) exp (Y). Proof.
The first thing we do is to prove the following XYk = YkX-kYk-1[Y,X],
forfc= l,2,---.
For k = 1 this formula is
XY =
YX-[Y,X]
(4.3)
102
Linkage Lie Algebras and Groups
which is true. Assume that (4.3) is true for k. Then k k XYk+1 = {XY)Y (XY)Y = 1 k l = YkXY-kY XY k~-kY -- [Y,XY} = [Y,XY} k 1 = yYk* ( 7 I(YX-[Y,X})~ = - [Y,X]) - kY k Y^IY,XY] ~ [Y,XY] = k k 1 = Yk YX Y-kYX-Y Yk [Y,X] [Y,X}- kY k r*" ~ *[Y,X]Y [Y,X] Y = k l 1 [Y, [Y,X]-k X] -kYY**~ [Y,X]Y [Y, X)Y = =
= Yk+1 X-Yk
k+1 k = Yk+1 YX-Y X-Yk[Y,X] -kY -kYkk[Y,X} [Y,X] = k+1 = Yk+1 X-(k X-(k
+ 1) l)Y Yk k[[Y,X]. Y,X}.
Thus (4.3) is true by induction. Next we will prove
(X + Y)n n!
b
v
■xg '"^ "
(4(4.4) 4)
'
If n = 1 then k = 0 and either i = l,j = 0 or i = 0,j = 1. Thus (4.4) becomes x X
+ + yV = = xX + + y. V-
For n = 2 the left side of (4.4) becomes X*_ IF X2 XY + 2 2
_xX2 2
71 YX ' 22
+
XY XY XY + + = 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 2
+
Y2 __ + _ 2T =
\X,Y] [X,Y] Y2 —-—= 2 H 2 22 [X,Y] Y 2 2
4 + *r + 2
This last expression is the right hand side of (4.4) for n = 2.
4-1 The Exponential Map
103
We now proceed to the induction step and assume the result is true for n -1. Then fc (X (x + Y)n _ X X+Y I _ „, (-i)*yyj[.Y,y]*\ (-i) jf y j ' p w \ _ (i\){j\){k\){2*) "n!! W s U -^ i (*!)ti!)(fc!)(2*) jy \i+J+2fc=Ti-l »» U (W)(*i)(*) /"
=
i 11 k k 1 y, (~l)kkxXi+ +Y'[x,Y] Y^[X,Y] 1i (-i) _, k fc + n ., (i\)(j\)(k\)(2 ,+, i, +JLt^^_, , , " « , + J + k„-i (i0(i!)(^)(2 )) " ' n« iW
i _^
^ v
((-i)* - l f(~l) j: X''+ CkX ' +i+1i1y^[x,y] yY>[X,Y] i ^ y ] *Ak
'»
H f l L_ .,
((«)(j'-)(«)(2 W ) ( K ) ( * ))
1. i +
"
ii_
fc
k i (-l) ( - lk^ Xij(-l) Yi f '+1 yX[X,Y] ' Yi+ + ^ j1k[X,Y] f . y ] *k (i\)(j\)(M)(2k) i+i+2i=n _, (TO)(*0(2*) i+i+k.-i"
^
4 2 v
k
1
1
l{-l) u - i j ' xX^ ^ y ' i x .Y^X^]^ y ] *1*^- 11 i(-i)* x'^y^^y] (i\)(j\)(k\)(2k)
t'+j+2A:=ra-l
II1 n
kk i ki i k fc (-l)hfc(-l) X Y'[X,Y] (~l) (-i) Xkjf"y^[x,y] Yi[X,Y] X Y^[X,Y] k (i-l)l(j\)(k\)(2 ) i+i+2*;=r ,
^ ^ ^
i+h=n
{i-mmmm
ii k i 1i (-l) (-l) ( - lfsk^X(-l) ^Y'[X,Y] Y'[X,Y] yX^Y^[X,Y] x .kyk ] *k v^ t!)(j-l)!(*!)(2fc) » .■+j+2i=n . +J ^ = n ((fl)0-l)!(H)(2*) (i!){j-l)!(fc!)(2*) (i!){j-l)!(fc!)(2*) + J ^=n
+1 E "
11 +
(-lfrrpfty fc (*!)(i!)(fc!)(2 (i!)(j!)f Jb!)(2*. ) W(J0(*0(2*>
t 4 . iA-1k~n.
^
E
« HJL-J
n
;+j+2/fc=n-l
fc FJ[X,F]* (-l) fc JP F*[X,F]* (*!)(j!)(fe-l)!(2*-i) (*0(j-')(fe-l)!(2*- 1 )"
i_ y . i(-i)*.yy*[A",y]* ••(-i)*jr*y*[jr,y]* (-i)*jif*y [jf,yj* = E ~~ " « S U (i!)(i0(^)(2 ) (*f)(7l)(H)(2*) fc
n
i+i+2*:=n
i1 xx'''yy ij [ xj rk,,yy]]** ;ij((--iiik))Xfk*eiY'[X,Y] j(-l) v + nkk (i\)(j\)(k\)(2 (il)(j\)(k\)(2 )) » wJzU (W)(*0(2*)
4 "
1i_ 71
£ E
i+j+2k=n
^
:i i kA: h 2* 2fc(-i)' J>£:'y^[x,y] 2k(-l) Y>[X,Y\ _ '.(-l)kkXX Yi[X,Y] k (z\)(jl)(k\)(2 ) i+i+2*:=n
„ ^
104
bras and Gro Linkage Lie Algebras Groups
■e\
+ 2k\ 2k\
(i+j (i+j
» /)
«
(-l)kXiYi[X,Y]k (-l)*X'"i k , (t!)(j!)(*!)(2*) iM=n (^)(i!)(*!)(2fc) (maw i+J v
h=n
mmm )
k k {-l) ( - 1k)X*iYi[X,Y] * ' ' Y'[X,Y] (fl)(j!)(t!)(2») ~it +jh=n„ (fl)(J0(«)(2*)
^
"
(X + rY) )n nl •' »1
This finishes the induction and proves (4.4). Now suppose that Xm = Ym = [X,Y]m = 0. Suppose that i < m - 1, j < m — 1, and k < m — 1. Then m - l 1 + l(m - 1) = 4m - 4. i +-J-jj + 22kA<: <m m-- -1l++ m Now if i + j + 2k = 4m — 3 then either i > m, or j > m, or k > m. In any of these cases we have from (4.3) that im 3 (X + Y) y)«m-3 (X + ~ _ = 0 n!
and hence
m 33 (X + yK) ~- == 0. ) 44m
Thus, exp(X + y ) is defined. We can now finish up the rest of the proof.
exP(x (x + r) y) exp n
)n = f ; (^* Y ±^ = n=0 n=0
"■ "■
f/ (-l^yn^yM r S l U w U (W)(«)(*) )■
(4.5)
Also, X,,yr ] ) = e x p ( X ) e x pP ( y ) e x p ( - i [ X
j +. v f r
(-i)***y'ix,Y]*\
~ £ UsL mumrn ) • Comparing (4.5) and (4.6) we see that exp(X + exp(X) iexp(y) e x p (( - ■ipr,n). + F) Y) === exp(X) I[Jf, K]) . exp(K).exp
(4(4.6) 6)
-
4-1 The Exponential Map
105
We can rewrite this as exp(A: + Y) expQ[X,Y]) == exp(Ar)exp(y) exp(X + Y) exp Q [ X , Y]) = exp(X) exp(y) and this completes the proof. O Proposition 4.1.3. Suppose that X,Y and [X, Y] are locally nilpotent linear transformations and that [[X,Y],X] == [[X,Y],Y] 0. l\X,Y],X}-[[X,Y],Y}-== 0. Then [exp(X),exp(Y)]=exp{[X,Y]). [exp(X),exp(Y)\ == exp{[X,Y}).
Proof.
Our conditions on X, Y and [X, Y] imply that X[X,Y] == [X,Y)X [X,Y]X X[X,Y]--
Y[X,Y] ==*[X,Y]Y. [X,Y]Y Y[X,Y] Hence + Y) y ) exp e x p(j\X, ( i [ X ,Y]J y ] ) .. eexp x p (( ii [[ X X ,, yY]) ] ) ee*p(* xP(X + + Y)= y ) =--exp(X ^M* +
Thus we have:
106
Linkage Lie Algebras and Groups
[exppO,exp(Y)] = = exp(-X)exp(-r)exp(X)exp(F) = = exp (-(X + Y)) exp (±[X, F]) exp(X + Y) exp fyx, F]) = = exp (-(X + Y)) exp (X + Y) exp (i[X, F]) exp (i[X, F]) = = exp(i[X,y])exp(^,K]) =
= exP((I+ I)[X,r]) = = exp([X,K]). This completes the proof. □
Theorem 4.1.4. Suppose that C(R,T) is a linkage Lie algebra and that each ad(i) is locally nilpotent. Also suppose that R is a commutative ring that contains the Rational Numbers as a subring. Then (i) exp (r ad(i)) exp (s ad(i)) = exp ((r + s) ad(i)) (ii) exp(rad(i)) exp(sad(j)) = exp(sad(j))exp(r nected by an edge in V. (iii) [exp (r ad(i)) ,exp (s ad(j))] = exp(rsad(!)),
ad(i)), ifi and j are con
where (i,l,j)
is a linkage of
r. Proof.
Parts (i) and (ii) are from Proposition 4.1.1. For part (ii) we apply Proposition 4.1.3 with X = r ad(i) and Y —
4-1 The Exponential Map
sad(j).
107
First note that for all x G C we have x ad{i) ad(l) = [x, i, I] =
= -[«\f,x]-[/,a;,t| = = —[/, x, i] = [x, I, i] = x ad(l) ad(i). Also, x [ad(i),ad(j)] = x (ad(i)ad(j) = [x,i,j]-[x,j,i]
— ad(j) ad(i)) — =
= [x,i,j] + \j,hx] + [i,x,j] = = [x,i,j] + \j,.i,x] - [x,i,j] = = —[i,j,x] = —[l,x] = xad(l). Thus, [[ad(i),ad(j)],ad(i)] = \ad(l), ad(i)] = 0. Similarly, [[ad(i), ad(j)}, ad(j)] = [ad(l), ad(j)] = 0. Therefore, [exp (r ad{i)), exp (s ad(j))] — exp ([r ad(i), s ad (j)]). Now, for all x G C we have x [r ad(i), s ad (j))] = rs [x, i, j] - sr [x,j, i] = = rs[x,i,j}
+ sr \j, i, x] + sr [i, x, j] =
= rs[x,i,j]
+ sr\j,i,x]
~sr[x,i,j]
=
= sr [j, i, x] = sr [—1, x] = x (rs ad(l)). This ends the proof. □
108
Linkage Lie Algebras and Groups
Remarks 1. The above result would also be true if there were some n > 1 such that ad(i)n = 0 for all vertices i, and (ad(i) + ad(j))n - 0 for all vertices i,j that belong to the same linkage, and if the commutative ring R contained inverses for all integers k such that 1 < k < n. For example, if ad(i)2 = 0 then m = 2 and 4m — 3 = 5 so that (ad(i) + ad(j))5 = 0. We would need the inverses of 2,3,4. These inverses exist in a field of characteristic 0, or in a field of characteristic p > 3. 2. This result says that if the linkage Lie algebra satisfies the relations of the linkage graph V as a Lie algebra, the associated Lie group satisfies the relations of V as a linkage group
Now let C = £(R,F) denote the hexagonal Lie algebra whose bracket operation is given in Table 4.1. Let R be the ring of Rational Numbers. Then the exponential map is defined and it follows from the previous theorem that the associated linkage Lie group Q — Q{R,Y) is an image of the groupG = L(R,Y) = ST(3,R). Since Q is a group of linear transformations of an 8 dimensional space we can get a concrete 8 x 8 matrix representation of Q. The matrix representing exp(r ad(l))may be easily computed. One computation needed, for example, is r2 4 exp (r ad(l)) = 4 + r [4,1] + — [4,1,1] =
= 4-r[l,4] + £ ( ~ l - l ) = = 4-r[l,4]-rl.
4-2 Generators and Relations in Lie Algebras
109
The matrix representing exp (r ad(l)) is: 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 -r2 1 —r 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 —r 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 1 r 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0
2r 0 0 0 0 0 1 0
r \ 0 0 0 0 0 0 1/
(4.7)
This matrix is computed with respect to the order basis {1,2,3,4,5,6, [1,4], [2,5]}. All operators in this book act on the right so that the first row of matrix 4.7 represents (l)exp(rad(i)) = 1 - r 2 4 + 2 r [1,4] + r [2,5]. Similarly, the matrix for exp (r ad(ij) can be computed for all vertices i — 1,2,3,4,5,6. Notice that all of these matrices have entries that are integers or integer multiples of r and r 2 . In particular there are no fractional entries. Thus, these matrices can be defined over any ring R. We now have a concrete matrix representation of the linkage group L(R,T). We will use this same technique in later sections to construct concrete representations of linkage groups for more complicated linkage graphs. We will also describe exactly what group has been constructed here. 4.2
Generators and Relations in Lie Algebras
In this section we will briefly outline a description by generators and relations of the classical Lie Algebras. This complete description due to Serre, may be found in [12]. When dealing with classical Lie algebras one generally first looks at root systems and Cartan subalgebras and from these constructs Cartan matrices. We will describe all Cartan matrices (without the motivation of describing root systems) and construct Lie algebras beginning from these matrices. There are various types of Cartan matrices with four of the types be ing families of matrices. These are given below. The subscripts denote the dimension of the matrices.
110
Linkage Lie Algebras and Groups
Type An ( « > 1 ) : /
2 -1 0
-1 2 -1
- ]L
2
0 -1
0
0
0
0
k
Type Bn
0
0\ 0 0
0 . . -1
2,
.
0 \ 0
{n>2): /
2 -1 0 0
k
-1 0 2 -1
.
0 0
. . . .
■
0 0
■
■
-1 2 0 -1
-2 2
/
Type Cn (n > 3) : /
-1 0 2 -1 -1 2
2 -1 0
K
0 0
. -1
0
0 0
■
•
.
•
.
. .
0 \ 0
■
.
. .
•
•
- ]L
2
0
-2
o 0 -1 2 /
Type Z>„ (n > 4) : /
\
2 - 1 0 - 1 2 - 1 0 0 0 0
0 \ 0
0 0 0 0
- 1 2 - -1 . - 1 !I 0 --1 0 --1
0 -.I 2 0
Type £ 6 : (
2
0 -1 0 0
Io
0 2 0 -1 0 0
-1 0 2 -1 0 0
0 -1 -1 2 -1 0
0 0 \ 0 0 0 0 -1 0 2 -1 -1 2 )
0 -1 0 2
)
111
4-2 Generators and Relations in Lie Algebras
Type E7 : /
VK
2 0 - - 11 0 0 0 0 0 \ 0 22 0 0 - - 1 00 0 0 0 0: - 11 0 0 2 - -1 0 0 0 0 ; 0 - - 1 -- 11 22 - -11 0 0 0 0 0 0 - 1- 1 2 2 - 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 - -1 1 22 -- 11 0 0 0 0 0 - 1 22 ;) o0
Type E& :
22
0 - - 11 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 22 0 0 - - 11 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 - -1 0 0 - 11 0 0 0o 0 0 0 - - 1 -- 11 22 - -11 0 0 0 0 0 - - 11 22 - -11 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 - 1- 1 2 2 - 1 1 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 - -1 1 22 -- 11 0 ^ 0 0 0 0 0 - 1 22 Vo
I/
\ |
! j/
Type F4 : / 22 - 1 0 0 \ - 11 22 - -22 0 0 - - 1 2 2- 1- 1 \\ o0 0 0 - -1 1 22 J/
/
Type G2 :
J' (-3 1-3 2 n (2
-l\
In [12] the notation [a, b, c, ■ ■ ■] denotes the right normed commutator, that is, [a, [6, [c, • • •]]]. This is opposite of the notation we have been using. We will continue to use our left normed commutators for now. Let A = (ay) be an n X n Cartan matrix and let C be the Lie algebra generated by x Xi,2-15 ' ' '' >) ^71) nt 2/l) V\) '' "■,Un,hi," » Vnt **1 j * *? tl>n " j *^n
with the following relations:
112
Linkage Lie Algebras and Groups
1. [hi, hj] = 0, for all i, j 2. [x;,yi] = hi for all i, and [x;,g/j] = 0 for all i ^ j 3. [hi,Xj} = cijiXj,
4. [xhXi,---,Xi)
[hi,yj} =
=0,
-djiyj
i=f}
—Ojt+1 times
5- [Vj, Vir--,yi]
= 0, j
^j.
—aji+1 times
Serre's Theorem (see [12]) says that the algebra £ defined above is a simple Lie Algebra with Cartan subalgebra generated by hi, ■ ■ ■, hi and with a root system that yields the Cartan matrix A. The Cartan matrices listed above are for simple Lie algebras. Proposition 4.2.1. Let A he a Cartan matrix such that there exist i,j such that aij = aji — —1. Then a;,-, Xj, yi, j/j generate a subalgebra over the Complex Numbers whose generators and relations may be described by the linkage graphs in Figure 1. Proof. Let £ be the Lie algebra defined by the Cartan matrix A. In Cartan matrices the diagonal entries are always 2. Thus, i ^ j . Relation 2 of the defining relations of C imply that [xi, y,] = 0. Relations 4 and 5 say that [xi, [xh Xj]] = 0,
[XJ, [XJ, Xi]]
=0
and hfi,bi,yj]] = o, [yy,[tr,-,»t]j = o. Also the Jacobi identity and relation 3 imply 0 = [[xi,Xj],yi] + [[xj,yi],xi] + [[yi,Xi],Xj] = = [[xi,Xj],yi] + 0 + [-hi,Xj].
4-2 Generators and Relations in Lie Algebras
Figure 1
Hexagonal Linkage Graphs
113
114
Linkage Lie Algebras and Groups
Thus,
[l*h£/],«/»] */], yi\== [k,*i] [hi,Xf]==-XJ. -XJ. H«i,
(4.8) (4.8)
Similarly, 0 =--[[x;,Xj],3/y] [[xi,Xj],yj] ++[[xj,?/j],a;;] [[xj,yj],Xi] ++ [[l/j,Xi],Xj] [[l/j,Xi],Xj]== = [[*<»*/l»lfi]+0 [[*<»*/l»tfj]+0 + [fci,Xj]. |fc,Xj]. Hence,
II*i»*i], »j] == —[A*. II*i»*i]»»j] —[*«i *il *i] = X** J.
(4.9) (4-9)
Also, 0 = [[yi,yj],xi] + [[yj,xi],yi] + [[**,»], y*| = = fc,3/#],a?t]+0+[fe fc,3/#],a?t] + 0 + [fe t-,|fi]. t-,|fi]. Hence, [[Vi, Vj],Xi]==-[fc»,»il -[k, Vj]= =»i.Vj. [[|K,RJ3J*»]
(4.10) (4.10)
Finally, 0 == [[ifi, Vj], */••] Xji] ++ [fc> [bi>*j]»yj] ZiliVi)++[fc>, [[XJ,»»li Vi],fj] [[?<, &•]> wl == = [[yi,yj],Xj] + [-hi,yi] + 0. = Therefore, [[yi,yj],xj] [[Vi,yj],xj] = [hj,yi] = = Ki. yt. We may now use (4.8), (4.9), (4.10), and(4.11) to prove the result. □ The above result applies to the following Lie algebras: n>2 >2 -A ^ nT,l ) n >3 Bn, m > Cnn, , n >> 3 (s Dn, n n>4 >4 Dn, E$, E Ee, Ei7,, Eg, £ g , ^F44-. It does not apply to A\, B2, or G2. We will deal with G2 later. The Cartan matrix for A2 is (2
l-l
-I)
2J-
(4.11)
4-2 Generators and Relations in Lie Algebras
115
What we have done above shows that the Lie algebra A2 is isomorphic to the hexagonal Lie algebra £(R, V) where T is the hexagonal linkage graph of Figure 2.6. It is also isomorphic to the Lie algebra of C{R, V) where Tis the hexagonal linkage graph of Figure 2.7 as we know from example 4 in section 2.3. We now wish to pass from a Lie algebra C defined by a Cartan matrix to the associated Lie group. This is done by applying the exponential map to the set of roots of C , that is, all elements of the form x •£«1 121 ' ' '' i 3**1 [i^-iu iii xXifi
Vi,
x
ik\i lXik\i
blii,Via," *»»*]■
For example, if z is one of the above elements it is a basic result that there is an n such that ad(z)n = 0. Hence, the exponential map can be defined: r2 r2
exp(r ad(z)) ad(z)) = -=I I++r rad(z) ad(z) + — ad(z) ad(z) + + •■ •■•.•. 2
We denote exp(rad(z)) by Xz(r). If we represent Xz{r) as a matrix, and the entries in that matrix are polynomials in r with integer coefficients, then this allows Xz(r) to be defined over any field K. The group generated by all Xz(r) for all z and all r G K is the Chevalley group C{K). This group is usually simple. Suppose, for example that C = An. Then the group An(K) is the projective special linear group PSL{n + l,K), that is, the central factor group of all (n + 1) x (n + 1) matrices of determinant 1 over K. This group is simple if n + 1 > 2, or if K has more than 3 elements. Since the hexagon algebras in the previous result are isomorphic to the algebra A2, it follows that the corresponding group is PSL(3,K). We already know that this group has a verbal embedding of K. The previous result now says that any of the Lie algebras to which it applies has associated Chevalley group Q{K) and these groups contain PSL(3, K). Hence the groups Q(K) each admit a verbal embedding of K. These groups are simple and hence they are the images of linkage groups by Theorem 2.2.4. The finite non-abelian simple groups consist of the alternating group An,n > 5, the sporadic simple groups, the Chevalley groups and the twisted Chevalley groups. The twisted Chevalley groups tend to be images of linkage groups in the same way as the Chevalley groups. We have already seen in
Linkage Lie Algebras and Groups
116
section 2.6 that 25 of the 26 sporadic simple groups are image of linkage groups. The alternating group As does not admit a verbal embedding of any ring with identity as we saw in Corollary 1.2.5. In a later section we will see that groups An, n > 5 admit verbal embeddings and are thus the images of linkage groups. Thus, we may say that in some sense most finite simple groups admit verbal embeddings and are therefore images of linkage groups. 4.3
The Heptagonal Algebra
Now let II7 be the heptagonal linkage graph of Figure 3.7. We will try to construct the Lie algebra C — C{R, II7) in the same way that we constructed the hexagonal algebra above. We will first try to construct a Lie multiplication table for C. Again we will denote the Lie operation [i,j] by ij. We will attempt to construct a multiplication table for the elements 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 14, 2 5, 36, 4 7, 5 1 , 6 2, 73 (which form an ordered basis). These vertices can be divided into two sets of seven vertices which are each cyclically symmetric of order 7, namely, they can be divided into 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 and 1 4 , 2 5 , 36, 47, 5 1 , 6 2 , 73. . Hence, if we know one column in the multiplication table we will be able to compute the rest by this symmetry. We will once again let ijk denote [[i,j], k]. We need a number of preliminary calculations. 361 = - 6 1 3 - 1 3 6 = - 7 3 - 2 6 =
= -73 + 62. Similarly, 621 = - 2 1 6 - 1 6 2 = 6 1 2 = = 72=1. Also, 731 = - 3 1 7 - 1 7 3 = 27 + 0 = = -1.
4-3 The Heptagonal Algebra
[,] 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 14 25 36 47 51 62 73 Table 4.2
117
1 0 0 -2 -14 51 7 0 unknown unknown -73+62 unknown unknown 1 -1
Heptagonal Lie Multiplication Table
The above calculations allow us to fill in the first column of the multi plication table for £ . Notice that some of the entries in Table 4.3 are unknown, that is, they may not be determined from the relations in £ (R, II7). We shall see later that this is because £ (R, II7) is actually infinite dimensional. Completing the multiplication table would mean that the algebra is finite dimensional. Thus we have to add more relations in order to complete the table. The motivation for the extra relations we are adding to the Heptagonal Lie algebra is not entirely clear (even to those who added the extra relations). We will attempt to describe the process the authors went through. We first tried to copy the Hexagonal algebra for entries such as 141 = 1 + 1 and x 111 = 0. It was hoped that a product such as 2 5 1, 5 1 1 , and 4 71 could be expressed as linear combinations of vertex elements. By trial and error it was discovered that the multiplication table could be filled in as in Table 4.3. After completing the table it is,of course, necessary to show that this table actually defines a Lie algebra of dimension 14 that satisfies the heptagonal Lie algebra relations. To do this we will construct the adjoint representation of this algebra which consists of 14 x 14 matrices. This will be done in a later chapter where we will be able to check that the multiplication table is correct, that the Lie algebra defined is 14 dimensional, and that the associated Lie
Linkage Lie Algebras and Groups
118
[,] 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 14 25 36 47 51 62 73 Table 4.3
1 0 0 -2 -14 51 7 0 -1-1 -1-2 -73+62 1+7 1+1 1 -1
Heptagonal Lie Multiplication Table
group satisfies the heptagonal group linkage relations. These facts will all be checked using the computer language Mathematica. We will also demonstrate that all of this works for any commutative ring R. At this time we will only give the adjoint representation of the action of vertex 1. It is I 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -2 -1 0 1 2 1 V- l
0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 \ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o }
By the symmetry in the table we can obtain the matrices corresponding to the
4-3 The Heptagonal Algebra
119
other vertices by cyclically permuting the first seven rows and columns and the last seven rows and columns of the adjoint representation of vertex 1. We can do this by conjugating the above matrix by the matrix // 00 11 00 00 0 0 00 00 00 00 00 0 0 0 00 00 o\ \ 00 0 11 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0 0 00 0 0 0 11 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 00 11 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0 0 00 0 0 0 00 00 11 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0 0 00 0 0 0 00 00 00 11 00 00 00 00 00 00 0 0 „ 1 10 00 0 0 0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0 0 B = 00 0 0 0 00 00 00 00 00 11 00 00 00 00 0 0 00 0 0 0 00 00 00 00 00 00 11 00 00 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 11 00 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 11 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0 0 1 1 V o 0o 0o 0o 0o 0o o0 i1 o0 o0 o0 o 0o 0o 0/ )
\o
Let us denote the 14 dimensional Lie algebra defined above as £7. We would like to know what Lie algebra it is according to the classical description of Lie algebras. One could check that it is a simple algebra and from its dimensions and the classical classification one would quickly arrive at the conclusion that it must be G^. However, we want to construct an explicit isomorphism between £7 and G 2 . This isomorphism will be constructed in the next section and by its nature will reveal that these two Lie algebras are not isomorphic in any way that would be considered natural. Now consider the Lie group obtained from £7, which we will denote by QrfirQ7 = (exp(r ad(i) \| r € G R, i G V{Il V{U77)) ) This group may be defined for any commutative ring R and satisfies the group linkage relations of the heptagon II7. Hence, Qj is an image of L(R, H7). This is another proof that the group L(R, U7) actually has the ring R embedded at each vertex. This proof does not depend on the combinatorics of the normal form described in Chapter 3. It also has the advantage that the elements of the group can be described explicitly as matrices, and thus amenable to computer calculations.
120
Linkage Lie Algebras and Groups
1
GU 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Table 4.4
0 0 -2 -1+2+3-4+5-6+7 1-2+3-4+5-6-7 7 | 0
Characteristic 3 Lie Multiplication Table
We mention in passing that there is a 7 dimensional representation of the heptagonal algebra over a commutative ring in which 3 = 0. For example, this representation would exist over any field of characteristic 3. In this representation the basis for the algebra consists of the vertex element 1,2,3,4,5,6,7. The first column for the multiplication table is given in Table 4.4. The other columns in the table can be computed by symmetry. We also mention that the Pentagonal algebra C(R, II5) is equal to the zero algebra as a simple calculation shows. This is analagous to the collapsing of the Pentagonal group L(R, II5) as described in Lemma 2.4.1. 4.4
A Description of G2
To demonstrate the isomorphism between £7 and G2 we will first give a description of G2 in terms of generators and relations. We will use the relations given in Section 4.2 except that we will now us right normed commutators in keeping the notation in [12]. ;j. Since oince the me Cartan t a r t a n matrix matr for G2 is
(V,1)
it follows that G2 is generated by xi,x2,yi,y2,hi,h2 with the relations 1. [hi,hj] = 0 2. [xi,yi] = ^
4-4 A Description of G2
121
3. [x2, 3/2] = h2 4. [xuy2]
=0
5- [X2, Vi] = 0
6. [fti,Xi] = 2xi 7. [/»i,x2] = —3x2 8. [/i2,a;i] = —x\ 9. \h
10- [/n,2/i] = -2t/i 11- [^1,2/2] = 3y 2 12. [A2,«/i] = «/i 13. [A2,2/2] = - 2 y 2
14. [*i,asi,si,ari,*3] = 0 15. [a?2>a%Si] = 0 16- [2/1,2/1,2/1,2/1,2/2] = 0
17- [2/2,2/2,2/1] = 0. To simplify notation we will denote terms such as [*i,afi,*i, asj] by s l l l 2 and [2/1,2/1,2/1,2/2] by 2/1H2, etc. We need a partial multiplication table for G2 which we give in Table 4.5. We will now give the calculations needed to construct this table. We will make extensive use of the Jacobi identity in the form a (be) = b(ac) + (ab)c. Remember that these calculations are taking place over the Complex Numbers. These calculations are tedious but necessary for the sake of completeness. First note that a simple induction implies that / v n w •pJU g
■ ■ xt =(a(a +sj asjH+ ■ rj rj +a
hi atj)x Q>tjJX Xs ' ' ■x ' Xf T X$ T
t
and hjVrVs■ ■■■y■t hjUrVs 1. X = 00 a^a'ixia^ — 2XiX1X2
+ asj+ +asj ■-\■ ■=Vt—(a = rj~{arj
\- atj)yTy■•Vi■ + atjhrVs s ■■■yt.
122
Linkage Lie Algebras and Groups
[,] xl x2 xl2 xll2 xlll2 X21112 yi y2 yl2 yll2 ylll2 y21112
xl x2 0 xl2 -xl2 0 -xll2 0 -xlll2 0 0 -x21112 0 0 -hi 0 0 -h2 -3y2 yi -4yl2 0 -3 yll2 0 0 -ylll2 Table 4.5
xl2 xll2 0 0 x21112 0 0 3x2 -xl
xll2
xlll2 0 -x21112 0 0 0 4x12 0 4x1 hl+3 h2 -8 hi - 12 h2 -4yl 0 12 yl -3 yll2 -12 yl2
xlll2 0 x21112 0 0 0 0 3x112 0 0 -12x1 36 hi +36 h2 -36 y2
Partial Multiplication Table for G2
Proof. x2112 = - x l 2 2 1 = = -xl(x221) = -a:l(0) = 0. 2. (xix 2 )(xixix 2 ) = — x2XiXiXiX2
Proof. (xl2)(xll2) = xl ((xl2)(xl2) + ((xl2)xl)(xl2) = = 0 - (xll2)(xl2) = = - ( x l ( x l l 2 ) + ((xll2)xl)x2) = = xl(x2112,) - ((xll2)xl)x2 = o = (xlll2)x2 = -x21112. 3. (x 1 x 2 )(xix 1 x 1 x 2 ) = 0
X21112 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -3 x l l l 2 3x112 12x12 36x2 -36 hi -72 h2
4-4 A Description
of G2
Proof. (xl2) ( x l l l 2 ) = xl ( x l 2 x l l 2 ) + (xl2a:l)(a:112) = = xl(-x21112) - arll2xll2 = 0
= -xl21112 = = -x2
xllll2-xl2xlll2 = 0
= -xl2xlll2. Hence, 2x12x112 = 0. Thus, x l 2 x l l l 2 = 0.
4. (xix 2 )(x 2 XiXiXiX 2 ) = 0
Proof.
xl2 x21112 = x2 1x12x1112
+ (xl2x2)xlll2 =
= 0-(x2xl2)xlll2 = = (x2x21)xlll2 = x221xlll2 = 0.
5. (xiXiX2)(xiXia;iX2) = 0
123
124
Linkage Lie Algebras and Groups
Proof. xll2xlll2 = xl(xll2xll2) + (xll2xl)xll2 o = -xlll2xll2 = = -xl(xlll2xl2)-(xlll2xl)xl2 = o -£11112, xYl = 0. o 6. x i ( x 2 X i X i X i x 2 ) = 0
Proof. xlx21112 = x2 .xini2, + ,xl2xlll2=0. 0
0
7. X2 (x 2 XiX 1 X 1 X2) = 0
Proof. x2x21112 = x2(xl x2112 +x21 xll2) = o = x2 (x21xll2) = = x21 x2112 +(x221 x2)xlll2 = 0. o
8. ( X i X 1 X 2 ) ( x 2 X i X 1 X i X 2 ) = 0
Proof. xll2x21112 = = x2(xll2xlll2,) + (xll2x2)xlll2 = 0. o
9. (xiXiXix2)(x2a;iXiXiX2) = 0
4-4 A Description
of G2
Proof. xlll2x21112 = = xlll2(xl x2112 + x21 xll2) := = == xlll2(x21xll2) xllU(z2lxll2) = -xlll2(xll2x21) = = = xlll2(xll2xl2) = = xll2(xlll2xl2) xll2(xlll2a:12) + (xJJ12xll2)xl2 (xlll2xll2):cl2 = 0
= 0. 10. J/l(x!X 2 ) = 3X2
Proof. = xl xlt/2x2 ylxl2 = y2x2 + ylxl2 = — = 0 --hlx2 / t l x 2 = 3x2.
1 1 . y2(xix2)
=
-X]
Proof. j/2 xl2 xlj/2 x2 + (y2i (t/2 xl)x2 y2: rl2 = xlj/2, cl)x2 == == xl(-h2) xl(--h2)--= = h2xl h2xl =- xxll.. 12. J / i ( x ! X i X 2 ) = 4 X ! X 2
125
126
Linkage Lie Algebras and Groups
Proof.
j/la :112 = x l j/1 xl2 + (j/1 x2)xl2 = ylxll2 = xl j/1 xl2 + (j/1 x2)xl2 =
= = xl (3 x2)-hlxl2 = xl (3 x2) - hi xl2 = 3xl2-(2-3)xl2 = = 3xl2-(2-3)xl2 = = 4x12.
= 4x12. 13. y2(xix1x2) 13. y2(xix1x2)
= 0 = 0
Proof.
2/2:Cll2: = x l j/2:nl2+(j/2: cl)xl2 = 2/2x112 = x l y 2 x l 2 + (j/2xl)xl2 = = x l ( --xl) = 0. = x l ( - x l ) = 0.
14. t/i(a;iXiXiX2) = 3
X\Xix2
14. t/i(xiXiXiX2) = 3 X i X i x 2
Proof.
yl: r l l l 2 = xl 2/I x l l 2 + (yl x l ) x l l 2 = j/1 x l l l 2 = xl 2/I x l l 2 + (2/I x l ) x l l 2 = = xl ( 4 x l 2 ) - M x l l 2 = = xl ( 4 x l 2 ) - M x l l 2 = = 4.x l l 2 - ( 2 + 2 - 3 ) x l l 2 = = 4 x 1 1 2 - (2 + 2 - 3 ) x l l 2 = = 3x112. = 3x112. 15. ^ ( a ^ i ^ i ^ ) = 0 15. 2/2(siXix1x2) = 0 Proof. 2/2: c l l l 2 ===xxl 2/2x1112 l 2/2x112+(i/2xl)xll2 1/2x112+(i/2xl)xll2 = 00
= 0. 16. j/i(x 2 / i ( x 22xx11Xxixix i X i X 22)) = == 00
00
4-4 A Description of Gi
Proof. 2/13:21112 = x2 j/1 x l l l 2 + (t/1 x2) x l l l 2 =
= xl (3x1112) = 3x11112 = 0. 17. y2{x2XiX-iX\X2)
= —Z X\X\XxX2
Proof. 2/2x21112 = x2 (t/2 x l l l 2 ) + (y2x2) x l l l 2 = o = -^2x1112 = = - ( 2 + 2 + 2-3)a;1112 = = -3x1112. 18- (2/12/2)3:1 =- - 3 2/2
Proof. 2/12x1 = - x l j / 1 2 = -2/1 xl j/2 - (xl y\ (t/2) = 0 - / d y 2 = - 3 j/2. 19. (2/12/2)3:2 = 2/1
Proof. 2/12 x2 = - x 2 2/12 = -j/1 x2 j/2 - (x2 j/1 )j/2 = = - 2 / U 2 - ( x 2 2/1)2/2 = = -j/1fe2- 0 = h.2 2/1 =2/1. 20. (2/12/2X3:1X2) = Ai + 3 / J 2
\11
128
Linkage Lie Algebras and Groups
Proof. 2/12x12 = xl(2/12x2) + {y\2xl)x2
=
= xl 3/1 + ( - 3 j/2) x2 = hi + 3 ft2. 21- (2/iS/2)(a:iZiX2) = 4 x i
Proof. 2/12x112 = xl(2/12 xl2) + (j/12 xl)xl2 = = xl(fcl +3fe2) +(-3)2/2x12 =
= -hlxl-3h2xl
-3(-xl) =
= -2x1 - 3 ( - l ) x l + 3 x l = = (-2 + 3 + 3)xl = 4 x 1 . 22. (yiy2)(xix1x1x2)
= 0
2/12x1112 = xl (2/12x112) + (j/12 x l ) x l l 2 = = xl (4x1) + (-3)2/2x112 = 0 + 0 = 0. 23. {yiy2)(x2XiXiXiX2) = 3 xixix 2
Proof. 2/12x21112 = x2 2/12x1112 + (2/12x2)xlll2 = = x2(0)+ylxlll2 = = 3x112. 24. (2/12/12/2)2:1 = -42/i2/2
4-4 J4A DescripU Description G% 4-<4 ion of of G% 2/112x1 = --x ■xl l 1/112 2/112 = = —2/1 -2/1 xl x l 2/12 2/12 - - ((xl x l 2/1)2/12 yl)yl2 =
= 2/1(2/12x1) = yl(yl2xl)-hl(yl2) -hl(yl2)
=
= 2y /ll((--33yy 2 ) ++ ( 22--33))2y/ 1l 2 = = --44 j/12. 2/12.
25. (2/12/12/2)3:2 === 0
Proof. 22/112x2 / 1 1 2 x 2== = xx2 2 2/112 =
--ylx2 2/12 -- ( (a;2 x 2 2/1)2/12 2/1)2/12 = = - 2/1x2 2/120
= 2/12/12x2 = ylyl2x2 == J/12/1 ylyl == 0.
26. (j/i2/i2/2)(xix 26. (J/I2/I2/2)(XIX22)) ==
--44 j2/1 /l
Proof. P roof. 2/112x12 +(2/112xl)x2 x l 2/112x2 + ( 2 / H 2 : cl)x2 = 2/112:c l 2 = xl 0
(-4j/12)x2 === - 4 2/1. == (-Ayl2)x2
27. (2/ij/i2/2)(a;iXiX2) (2/i3/i2/2)(a;ia;iX2) = --8h8 / 1 - 1-I2h 2 /2i 2
129 129
130
Linkage Lie Algebras and Groups
Proof. 2/112x112 = xl
J/112X12
+ (j/112xl)xl2 =
= x l ( y l l 2 x l 2 ) + (i/112xl)xl2 = = x l ( - 4 j / l ) + (-4)2/12x12 = = -4 hi -4(hl =
+ 3h2) =
-8hl-12h2.
28. (2/i2/i2/2)(xiXiXix2) = - 1 2 X!
Proof. 2/112x1112 = xj/112 x l l 2 + ( y l l 2 x l ) x l l 2 = = xl ( - 8 hi - 12 h2) + ( - 4 j/12)xll2 = = 8 M x l + 12h2xl-4(4xl) = = 16x1 - 12x1 - 16x1 = - 1 2 x 1 . 29. (2/i2/i2/2)(x2Xix1x1x2) = 12xix 2
Proof. 2/112x21112 = = x22/112xlll2 + (2/112x2)xlll2 = = x 2 ( - 1 2 x l ) + 0 = 12x1x2. 30. (j/i2/i2/i»/2)xi = -32/i2/i2/2
4-4 A Description
of G2
Proof. 2/1112x1 = - x l 2/1112 = 1/1112x1 = - x l J/1112 =
= -j/1 xl j/112 - (xl j/l)2/112 = = -y\ xl y l l 2 - (xl yl)yll2 = = 2/12/112x1 = Mj/112 = = ylyll2*l =fclyll2 = = 2j //ll(( - 4 y l 2 )) + (2 + 2 - 3 ) y l l 2 = = -32/112. -3yll2. 31. (yiviym)®i
= 0
Proof. 2/112x2 2/112, x2 = -x2|/1112 -x22/1112 = -!/12s2j/112-(x2j/l)j/112 ?/l 1/112x2 = = -2/12: c2 2/112 - ( x 2 2/1)2/112 = 2/13/112x2 = 2/1 (0) = 0. 32. (viyipiyi)(xixz)
= 0
Proof. 2/1112x12 = = xl 1/1112x2 + (2/1112 xl)x2 = = xl(0) + ( - 3 2/112)x2 = = -3(0) = 0. 33. (yiyiyiy2)(xix1x2)
= I2yi
131
132
Linkage Lie Algebras and Groups
Proof.
2/1112x112 = 2/1112x112 = = xl 2/1112x12 + (2/1112xl)xl2 = = xl 2/1112x12 + (j/1112xl)xl2 = = xl(0) + ( - 3 y l l 2 ) x l 2 = = xl(0) + (-3»/112)xl2 = = - 3 ( - 4 j / l ) = 122/1. = - 3 ( - 4 y l ) = 122/1. 34. (yiyiyiy2)(xix x x ) = 36 1 1 2 34. (yiyiyiy2)(xix1x1x2) - 36 hi hx + + 36 36 hh22 Proof.
2/1112x1112 = ylll2xlll2 = = xl 1/1112 x l l 2 + (t/1112xl)xll2 = = xl2/1112xll2 + (i/1112xl)xll2 = = xl(12 2/l) + (-32/112)xll2 = = xl(12 t/1) + (-3j/112)xll2 = = 12 hi - 3 ( - 8 f c l - 1 2 f c 2 ) = = 12/il-3(-8ftl-12/i2) = = 36 hi + 36 h2. = 36 hi + 36 h2. 35. 3 6 x 22 35. (3/13/12/12/2X3:2X1X1X1X2) (j/iyij/iy2)(a;2XiXiXiX2) = = 36x P rnof Proof.
3/1112x21112 = 3/1112x21112 = = x22/1112x1112 + (2/1112 x2)xlll2 = = x21/1112x1112 + (2/1112 x2)xlll2 = = x2(36 hi + 36 h2) + (0)xlll2 = = x2(36 hi + 36 h2) + (0)xlll2 = = -36 Alx2-36^2x2 = = -36 A l x 2 - 3 6 ^ 2 x 2 = = - 3 6 ( - 3 + 2)x2 = = - 3 6 ( - 3 + 2)x2 = = 36x2. = 36x2.
36. fayiymyzjx! = 36. (2/2«/ii/i?/i2/2)zi = 00
4-4 A Description
of G2
Proof. 2/21112x1 = - x l i/21112 = y21112xl = - x l 2/21112 = = - y 2 x l y l l l 2 - x l 2 y l l l 2 =. = -y2xly\l\2 - x l 2 y l l l 2 =. = y2ylll2xl = y2(-3yll2) = = y2ylll2xl = y2(-3yll2) = = -3y2112 = 0. = - 3 2112 = 0.
37. (y2Viyiym)x2 = -ymym Proof. y21112x2 = --x2y21112 = 2/21112x2 = -x2y21112 = = - y 2 x 2 y l l l 2 -- x 2 y 2 2/1112 = = -3/2x22/1112 - x2j/22/1112 = = y2ylll2x2 -fe2ylll2 = = 2/22/1112x2-^22/1112 = )ylll2 = = 0 + ( (- -1 l- -1l --■ 1 l + 22)2/1112 = -t/1112. -ylll2. 3 8 . (2/2^1 J/i2/i«/2)(xiX 2 ) = - 3 2/i2/i2/2
Proof. y21112xl2 = 2/21112x12 = = xly21112x2 + (y21112a l ) x 2 = = xly21112x2 + (2/21112x1) x2 = = x l ( - y l l l 2 ) =: y l l l 2 x l = - 3 y l l 2 . = xl (-2/1112) = 2/1112x1 = -32/112. 3 9 . (y2j/i2/i2/i2>2)(ziZiZ2) (2/2j/i2/i2/i2>2)(zia;iX2) == -12yiy2 -12yiy2
133
134
Linkage Lie Algebras and Groups
Proof.
2/21112x112 = 2/21112x112 = = xl 2/21112x12 + (2/21112:cl)xl2 = = xl j/21112xl2 + (2/21112xl)xl2 = = x l ( - 3 2/112) = = x l ( - 3 j/112) = = 32/112x1 =3(-42/12) =. 122/12. = 32/112x1 = 3(-4j/12) = 121/12.
40. {y2yiyiyiy2)(xix1xix2) = -361/2 4 0 . («/22/iyi!/i2/2)(ziZiZiZ2) = - 3 6 J / 2
Proof.
2/21112x1112 = 2/21112x1112 = = xl 2/21112x112 + (2/21112xl)xll2 = = xl 2/21112x112 + (2/21112xl)xll2 = = xl(-12j/12)+0 = = xl ( - 1 2 r / 1 2 ) + 0 = = 12 2/12x1 = 12(—3y2) = - 3 6 2/2. = 12 2/12x1 = 12(—3y2) = - 3 6 2/2. 41. {y2yiy\yiy2){x2x1x1x1x2) = - 3 6 hi -- 7 2 h2 41- (j^j/ij/ij/i^Xa^iziZi^) = - 3 6 / ^ - 72 /i2 Proof.
2/21112x21112 = 3/21112x21112 = = x22/21112xlll2 + (j/21112 x2)xlll2 = = x22/21112xlll2 + (2/21112 x2)xlll2 = = x2(-36j/2) + (-2/1112) x l l l 2 = = x2(-36j/2) +(-2/1112) x l l l 2 = = - 3 6 h2 - (36 hi + 36 h2) = = - 3 6 h2 - (36 hi + 36 h2) = = - 3 6 hi -72h2. = - 3 6 hi -72h2. The above calculations give us enough information to compute all the entries of Table 4.5. We want to construct the adjoint representation for this algebra. To do this we need the matrices which represent a
4-4 A Description of G2
135
representation will make it much easier to check that the isomorphism we are constructing between £7 and G2 is actually correct. Note that the matrix representation corresponds to the ordered basis x Xl, 3>1, X 1i 2 , XiXiX\X X2X\XiX\X22, X!X XlXiX XiXiXjX 2, 2 , ^\^\ 2, 2 . , X 2 XiXiXiX x22,,X\X
2/1,, 2/2 j/2,, 3/12/2, 3/12/2 , 2/1
2/12/12/12/2, 2/22/12/^12/2, j/2yi2/iyij/2, yiym, ymy-i, ymym,
hi, h2 We do need some more tedious calculations to complete the construction of our adjoint representations. 1. (x1x2)yi - - 3 x 2 Proof.
xl2yl = --2/1x12 = xl2yl
= -2/1x12 =
= — xl yl x2 -(ylxl)x2 -
=
= — xl yl x2 — (yl xl)x2 =
= hlx2 = -3x2. = hlx2 = - 3 x 2 . 2. (xiXix2)yi Proof.
= —4xix2
x l l 2 j / l = -2/1x112 = xll2j/l = - j / l x l l 2 = = - x l 2/1 xl2 - (yl xl)xl2 = = - x l J/1 xl2 - (yl xl)xl2 = = x l ( - 3 x 2 ) + felxl2 = = x l ( - 3 x 2 ) + felxl2 = = -3xl2 + (2-3)xl2 = = -3xl2 + (2-3)xl2 = = -4x12. = -4x12.
3. (xixixix 2 )2/i = - 3 x i X i x 2
136
Linkage Lie Algebras and Groups
Proof.
4. {x2x1x1x1x2)yi
4.
xlll2yl = -ylxlll2 = xlll2yl = -ylxlll2 = = - x l yl x l l 2 - (yl x l ) x l l 2 = = -xl yl x l l 2 - (yl x l ) x l l 2 = = x l x l l 2 y l + fclxll2 = = x l x l l 2 y l + fclxll2 = = -3x112. = -3x112. --
(X2X1XIXIX2)J/I =
Proof.
5.
(y2yiyiyiy2)yi
Proof.
6. ( x j x 2 ) y 2 = X! 6. (x2x2)y2 = X! Proof.
=
0
x21112yl = -ylx21112 = x21112yl = -j/lx21112 = = - y l (xl a:2112 + (yl x2)xlll2) = = - y l (xl a:2112 + (j/1 x2)xlll2) = = - y l (0 + 0x1112) = 0 . = - j / l (0 + 0x1112) = 0 .
j/21112j/l = -yly21112 = y21112yl = - y l j/21112 = = - y l ( y l y 2 1 1 2 + (yly2)yll2) = = - y l ( y l y 2 1 1 2 + (yly2)yll2) = = -yl(0 + yl2yll2) = = -yl(0 + yl2yll2) = = - y l l 2 y l l 2 = 0. = - y l l 2 y l l 2 = 0.
xl2y2 = - y 2 x l 2 = == -—xly2x2 x l y 2 x 2 --((yy22xxll)) x 2 = = -h2xl -h2:cl == x l .
7. (x1x1x2)y2 = 0
4-4 A Description
of G 2
Proof. xll2j/2 = -2/2x112 = xll2j/2 = - j / 2 x l l 2 = = - x l j/2 xl2 - (j/2 xl)xl2 = = - x l «/2 xl2 - (j/2 xl)xl2 = = xl(0) = 0. = xl(0) = 0. 8. 8.
(xiXiXiX22)2/2 )j/2 = 0 (xiX!XiX
Proof. x l l l 2 y 2 = - j / 2 x : 1112 = xlll2j/2 = -2/2x1112 = = - x l 2/12x112 - ( » 1 x l ) x l l 2 = = -xlj/12a;112-(ylxl)a;112 = = 0. = 0. _ (x 2 XiXiXiX 2 )j/2 = —a;iXia;iX2 9. {x,2X\X\X\X%)]ji = —X1X1X1X2 9.
Proof. x21112j/2 = --2/2x21112 = a;21112y2 = -j/2x21112 = = - x 2 2/22/1112--(2/2x2)xlll2 = = - x 2 2/2j/1112 - (2/2x2)xlll2 = = A2xlll2 = -a:1112. = /i2xlll2 = - x l l l 2 . 0. (2/13/12/2)2/2 10. (2/12/12/2)2/2 = = 0o Proof. 2 / 2 2/112 = y2/112y2 l l 2 y 2 ==- -2/2 = -2/ly2112-(2/2yl)2/12 -2/12/2112 -(j/22/l)2/12 = = 0. 1. (j/22/i«/i2/i)j/2 11(j/22/i2/i2/i)2/2 == 0
137
138
Linkage Lie Algebras and Groups
[ ,] xl x2 yl y2 xl 0 xl2 hi 0 x2 -xl2 0 0 h2 xl2 -xll2 0 -3 x2 xl xll2 -xlll2 0 -4x12 0 xlll2 0 -x21112 -3x112 0 x21112 0 0 0 -xlll2 yl -hi 0 0 yl2 y2 0 -h2 -yl2 0 yl2 -3y2 yl -yl2 0 yll2 -4yl2 0 -ylll2 0 ylll2 -3yll2 0 0 -y21112 y21112 0 -ylll2 0 0 hi 2x1 -3x2 -2yl 3 y2 h2 | -xl 2x2 yl -2 y2 Table 4.6 Adjoint Table for G2 Proof.
j/21112t/2 = -j/2j/21112 = j/21112j/2 = -3/21/21112 = = -2/2(2/12/22/112 + (y2»l)yll2) = = - y 2 (yl j/2j/112 + (s/22/l)j/112) = = - 2 / 2 ( 0 - y l 2 2/112) = = -2/2(0 -2/12 2/112) = = 2/2 2/122/112 = = 2/2 2/122/112 = = j/122/2112 + (y21/12)2/112 = = 2/122/2112+ (2/22/12)2/112 = = 0. = 0. With these calculations we can fill in enough of the multiplication table With these calculations we can fill in This enough of the multiplication table for G2 to compute all the adjoints we need. information is given in Table for G to compute all the adjoints we need. This information is given in Table 4.6. 2 4.6. We now have enough information to construct the adjoint representaWe now have enough information to construct the adjoint representation of G 2 . In the chapter on computer calculations we will implement this reption of G 2 . In the chapter on computer calculations we will implement this representation in a Mathematica notebook. We will be able to use this notebook resentation in a Mathematica notebook. We will be able to use this notebook to check all the computations needed demonstrate the Isomorphism between to check all the computations needed demonstrate the Isomorphism between £7 and G 2 . £7 and G 2 .
4-5 The Isomorphism
4.5
between £7 and G2
139
The Isomorphism Between £7 and G2
We need to perform numerous calculations in order to demonstrate the iso morphism between £7 and G%. These calculations will be done by computer in a later chapter using a matrix representation for G 2 . In this section we will describe what the calculations are. It can be shown that there is a hexagonal algebra such as that in Figure 2.7 in the algebra G 2 . Its vertices are
-2/2
1 -ggy2«/i2/i2/i3/2
1 — yiyiym OD
X2X\X\X\X2 X\X\X\X2-
140
Linkage Lie Algebras and Groups
There is also a heptagonal algebra in G2 whose vertices are -2/2 -2/2
1 ~36
- ^ g 2 / 22/2j/iS/iyi2/2 j/iJ/iyiJ/2 11 myivi¥2 -^ 36 ymvm
xX22 Z\ *1
zz22 xX11Xx11Xx11Xx2 2
— J/2 y2 —
where zi ixx11xix x1x22 + ByiByxZ\ = x22 + A xxxx22 + x221
z2 = x2X\X\X\X2
+ 3 5 X\X\X2
11 — t/ij/ij/ij/2 yxyiyiy2 3D do
— hi — 2h2
x1xxxix22 - - BByyiy —y2 2 yiyiymyiyiym-A x% xi ++i ! xix xy2 2 - - —y Computer calculations reveal that the above vertices form a heptagonal algebra in G2 except possibly for the relation [21,22] = 0. For this final relation one needs specific values of the constants A and B. The appropriate values are
A ==-#6 -^6 and
"k as will be checked by computer in Chapter 6. When all of these relations are checked it can be seen that we have a Lie algebra homomorphism $$ :C : £ 77 -> -> G G22
4-5 The Isomorphism
between £7 and G 2
141
given by 1 n. -j/2
2
I—>•
1 -jjg!/2j/iS/iSfi2/2
, 1 3 •-» gg ymym 4 i-> aj 2
5 !-»• 2l 6 h-> 2 2
7 h-» xia;isia;2 - j/ 2 By taking linear combinations and Lie brackets of the images of the vertices of £7 it can be shown that the image of £7 under $ contains Zi,a;2,3/1,3/2- Since these generate all of G2 it follows that $ is surjective. Since £7 and G2 are both 14 dimensional it follows that $ is an isomorphism. The isomorphism described above was constructed under the assump tion that the underlying field was the complex numbers. Note that the multi plication table for G2 expresses each Lie product as an integer linear combina tion of the basis elements. Hence, the multiplication table can be defined for any field (or any commutative ring). The same is true for all the classical Lie algebras defined by the Cartan matrices given above and is also true for £7. If R is a commutative ring then we denote by G2 (R) and C^R) the algebras corresponding to G2 and £7 with scalars coming from R. The isomorphism we described can be defined as long as R contains — , \/6 and —7=. This is true 36 V6 for example is R is a an algebraically closed field of characteristic other than 2 or 3. For another description of this isomorphism see [11].
Chapter 5 COMBINATORICS IN LINKAGE LIE ALGEBRAS 5.1
The Reduction Process
In this chapter we will deal with linkage graphs which give rise to linkage Lie algebras whose combinatorial structure is not too difficult to study. From these Lie algebras we can define the associated linkage Lie groups. While groups are the main interest of the authors, the Lie algebras constructed on the path to constructing these groups may be of interest to others. These Lie algebras are generally infinite dimensional. We now say that two vertices i and j of a linkage graph T react with each other if there is an arrow or edge joining them in Y or if i = j . If i and j react with each other then we denote this by i ~ j . Also recall that a linkage graph T must satisfy the following rules: 1. If (w, v, w) is a linkage of T, then there is no edge joining u and w. 2. If (u,v,w) is a linkage of T, then there is an edge joining u and v, and an edge joining v and w. 3. If (u, v, w) is a linkage, and there is an edge joining u and z, and an edge joining w and z in T, then v = z.
Definition 1. A linkage graph T is special if 1. For any set of 3 vertices that all react with each other, either for each of the 3 vertices there is an edge joining it to each other vertex in the set, or all of the vertices lie in a single linkage, and if
143
144
Combinatorics
in Linkage Lie Algebras
2. For any vertices i,j,k,l ifi ~ j , j ~ Jfc, k ~ I, I ~ i, and j ~ /, then each of these vertices is joined to each other vertex by an edge, or else all 4 vertices lie in a single linkage. The associated linkage group L(R, T) and the Lie algebra C(R, T) will be referred to as special linkage groups and special linkage algebras. Notice that in a special linkage Lie algebra L= L(R, T) if a and b are vertices of T connected by an edge and if 6 and c are connected by an edge, then if a and c react with each other, then either all three vertices are connected by edges or else they lie in the same linkage. If they are distinct and lie in the same linkage then there is an arrow joining a and c. Hence, [a, c] — ±6. We will construct £ = C(R, T) for a special linkage graph T by finding a representation of £ as an algebra of transformations of a certain free module over the commutative ring R. Since £ will have a concrete representation it will be possible to find a normal form for it elements. Then we will consider the question of adding local nilpotence conditions on the vertices of £ in order to construct the adjoint map. This will allow us to construct the associated Lie group which will be an image of L(R, T). Consider Ad — Ai(R, T) the free module over R which has as its basis all n-tuples of vertices of T for n > 1. We will denote the n-tuple (t>i, t>2, • * • > vn) by v1v2---vn. Definition 2. The following are called transformation moves on elements of M.{R,T) :
1. Replacing uwviv2 ■ • ■ vn with vv^v? ■ ■ ■ vn when (u, v, w) is a linkage ofT 2. Replacing uvviv? ■ ■ ■ vn with 0 when u and v are joined by an edge in V. 3. Replacing uvv\V2 • ■ • vn with —vuviv? ■ ■ ■ vn for any vertices u and v. 4. Replacing vlv2--- vnuwvn+1 ■ ■ ■ vm+n with vxv2 ■ ■ ■ vnwuvn+2 ■ ■ ■ vm+n if u and w are connected by an edge in T, for n > 1 and m > 0.
5.1 The Reduction
Process
145
5. Replacing V\V2 ■ ■ ■ VnUWVn+i
■ ■ ■ Vm+n
with VtV2 ■ ■ ■ VnWUVn+i
where (u,v,w)
■ ■ ■ Vm+n +
V}V2 ■ ■ ■ VnV Vn+1 ■ ■ ■ Vm+n
is a linkage ofT,for n > 1 and rn > 0.
6. Replacing VxV2 • • • VnUWVn+i
■ ■ ■ Vm+n
with viv2 • ■ ■ vnwuvn+i • ■ ■ vm+n - vtv2--- vnv vn+1 ■ ■ ■ vm+n where (w,v,u)
is a linkage ofT, for n > 1 and m > 0.
In transformation moves numbers 5 and 6, we refer to Viv2 ■ ■ ■ vnwuvn+i ■ ■ ■ vm as the main part of the result, and ±viv2 ■ ■ ■ vnv vn+i ■ ■ ■ vm+n as the com mutator part of the result. The n-tuple ViV2 ■ ■ ■ vn is meant to correspond to the left-normed com mutator [• • • [vi, «a], • • • , vn]- Consider the case in which (u, v, w) is a linkage of T. In £ we have by the Jacobi Identity that VlV2 ■ • ■ VnUWVn+1
■ ■ ■ Vm+n =
= ((v1v2 ■ ■ ■ vnu)w) vn+1 ■ ■ ■ vm+n = - ((U w) V-iV2 ••■Vn)
= -(vviv2
Vn+1 ■ ■ ■ Vm+n - (W (viV2
■ ■ ■ Vn) u) Vn+i
■ • • Vm+n =
■ ■ ■ vn)vn+1 ■ ■ ■ vm+n - (w (vtv2 ■■■vn) u) vn+1 ■ ■ ■ vm+n =
= V1V2 ■ ■ ■ VnWUVn+1
■ ■ ■ Vm+n +
VlV2 • • • VnV Vn+1 ■ • ■ Vm+n.
Thus transformation move 5 corresponds to an equality in C. The same can be said about all of the other transformation moves. Now on the vertices of T we define a relation -< such that if (it, v, w) is a linkage of V, then u -< v u -< w v -< w.
146
Combinatorics
in Linkage Lie Algebras
We then extend -< arbitrarily so that for any two vertices u and v of T, either u -< v or v -< u. As with the relation -< defined in Section 3.2, the relation introduced here is not meant to be transitive or anti-symmetric. However, under this ordering any two vertices can be compared. We let u ■< v stand for "u -< v or u — v." We can now lexicographically order n-tuples for a particulars. We will also write u -4 v if u is an n-tuple and v is an m-tuple and n < m. Thus, under this ordering any n-tuple can be compared to any m-tuple for any ra and n. Definition 3. Let Viv2 ■ ■ -vnbe an n-tuple in M. We say that Vi moves in front of Vj if i > j and Vj ^ v,-; and if Vj reacts with Vk for k = i + \,i + 2,---,i-i- " The definition of moves in front of is similar to the same definition for groups given in Chapter 3. With algebras, however, there is another way for a vertex to move to the front of an n-tuple. Consider for example T = II7 and the 3-tuple 14 7. This can be transformed into —41 7, which can be transformed in to —4 71, which can be transformed into 7 4 1 . Notice that vertex 7 moved to the first spot in the 3-tuple but that it does not react at all with 4. This prompts our next definition.
Definition 4. Let w = V\V2 ■ ■ ■ vn be an n-tuple in M. If j > 2, we say that Vj moves to the first spot in w if Vj reacts with v2, v3, ■ ■ ■, w,-_i, or if Vj reacts with V\ and V3, • ■ ■, U7--1. We will now define a Reduction Process that is similar to the Collection Process of Chapter 3. We use different names in order to distinguish them since they are different.
R E D U C T I O N PROCESS FOR ELEMENTS OF M Step 1 If w = 0 (the 0-tuple) then w is reduced. Step 2 If w = vxv2 ■ ■ ■ vn then find the reordering of the vertices of w which is least in the ordering -< and which can be obtained from w by trans formation moves. (This includes transformation moves which shorten the
5.1 The Reduction
Process
147
main part of w.) If w is not in such a least form, then use transformation moves to put the main part in such a form. The main part of w is then reduced. Step 3 Now apply the above steps to each commutator part produced by transformation moves in Step 2. (If an rc-tuple u and its negative — u are produced they, of course, combine to form 0.) When all the commutator parts have been reduced then we say w is reduced and the final result is the reduced form of w.
If w = Yli ri Bi where ri £ R and Bi is an n;-tuple, we reduce w by applying the Reduction Process to Bi and multiplying the result by n for each i. The final result will be denoted by w. Notice that the Reduction Process applied to w will terminate in a finite number of steps since there are only finitely many ways to reorder an n-tuple and one of these ways is in the proper order. This is very different from the Collection Process in Chapter 3 where it was not even clear that the process terminated. This is to be expected because the Lie algebras we are working with here are "linear" versions of the corresponding Lie groups. We do however have to show that the reduced form of w is the same no matter what the order is in which the reduction moves are made. We now give some examples of the Reduction Process in M. = M(R, LTm) where m > 6. The linkage graph here is, of course, special. We will let w —► u mean that u is obtained from w by finitely many transformation moves. The relation -< is 1 ^2 1 -<3 2^3 2 -<4 n -i 1 n A2 If i and j are not in the above list, then -< is just the natural ordering < . For example, 1 -i 4, and
Combinatorics
148
in Linkage Lie Algebras
(i) 3 -< 7. (ii) 431 -> 0 (iii) 413 -»• 431 + 42 ->• 0 + 42 -+ 42 -> - 2 4 -► - 3 (iv) 241 ->• 31 ->■ - 2 1. (m > 7)
361 -> -631 -» - 6 1 3 + 62 -» 163 + 62 -> 163 - 26
Among the Transformation Moves the last four are reversible, that is, they have inverses. The first two do not have inverses. Definition 5. Two elements of M(R,T) are equivalent if one can be obtained from the other by a finite series of transformation moves of types 3 through 6. Since transformation moves 3 through 6 have inverses, Definition 5 actu ally defines an equivalence relation. We must prove several results concerning the Reduction Process before we can get to the main point. L e m m a 5.1.1. Suppose that w = v\ ■ ■ ■ vn is an n-tuple in M(R, T) where T is a special linkage graph. Suppose that a number of transformation moves of types 3 through 6 are applied to w in such a way that the main part of w is changed to w', and that some other transformation moves of types 3 through 6 are applied to w in such a way that the main part is changed to w'. Then the commutator parts arising from each set of transformations are equivalent. Proof.
Let w — uabv
where a and b are vertices and u and v are (possibly empty) subwords of w. We consider the result of the various transformation moves applied to w. Upper case C's represent words arising from the commutator parts that come from the transformation moves. The symbol [a b] will represent the commutator of a and 6, for example, if (a, c, b) is a linkage, then [a b] = c. If a and b are joined by an edge, then [ab] will denote 0.
5.1 The Reduction Process
149
We will begin with the simplest case which is a word of the form w = uab-cdv where u and v are (possibly empty) subwords. We will show that it does not matter if we switch a and b first, or if we switch c and d first. The result from switching a and b first is w = uab- ■ -cdv —► —► uba ■ ■ ■ cdv + u[ab] ■ ■ -cdv —> —> uba • • ■ dcv + u[ab] ■ ■ -cdv + uba- ■ ■ [cd]v. The the result from switching c and d first is w = uab- ■ ■ cdv —> —> uab- • -dcv + uab- ■ ■ [cd]v —» —» uba- ■■ dcv + u[a6] •••dcu + uafc--- [ccfjt;. The commutator parts are equivalent by the following steps: u[ab] ■ ■ -cdv + uba- • ■ [cd]v —> —> w[a&] ■ -dcv + uab- ■ ■ [cd]v + u[ab] ■ ■ ■ [cd\v + u[ba] ■ ■ ■ [cd]v
—* u[ab] - - -dcv -\-uab- ■ ■ [cd]v + u[ab] ■ ■ ■ [cd]v — u[ab] • ■ ■ [cd]v —* u[ab] ■ ■ -dcv + uab- ■ ■ [cd]v.
uabcv
The other situation that we must deal with is a word of the form w = where a,b,and c are distinct: w = uabcv —► —> ubacv —> ubcav
+ u[ab]cv —>
+ ub[ac]v + u[ab]cv —»
—► ucbav + u[bc]av + ub[ac]v + u[ab]cv
150
Combinatorics
in Linkage Lie Algebras
and w = uabcv —» —► u a c bv + u a[bc]v —» -^ ucabv + u[ac]bv + ua[bc]v —* —> ucbav
+ uc[ab]v -f u[ac]few + ua[bc]v.
In order for the above transformation moves to take place a, 6, and c must all react with each other. Hence they are all joined by edges in which case there are no commutators, or else they all belong to the same linkage Note that if x, y, z all belong to the same linkage then [xy] = 0 or else [xy] and z are joined by an edge. Thus, for example, if [ab] ^ 0, then [ab]c — c[ab], [ac] = 0 and [be] = 0. This makes all the commutator parts equivalent. In a similar fashion, the commutator parts produced above are equivalent if [ac] ^ 0 or if [6c] ^ 0. Notice that we have used part of the definition of special linkage graph in a crucial way here. We now proceed by induction on the total number of transformation moves applied to w. We have two sequences of transformation moves being applied to w. Suppose that w = ■ ■ ■ abc ■ ■ ■
and that the first set of moves first transforms w into • • ■ cba 1- C\ and that the second set of moves transforms w into • • • cba • - • + C% where C\ and C% a commutators. Then C\ and Ci are equivalent by the above paragraph. From this point on there are fewer total transformation moves applied and thus all of the other commutator parts that will be produced are equivalent. The proof can now be completed for other cases in a similar way. □ We must next deal with the situation in which a transformation move of type 1 or 2 is used in reducing w. Notice first that if we are dealing with vertices that belong to a single linkage we do not have any problems because we are using only relations that hold in the Lie algebra represented by the following matrices:
5.1 The Reduction Process
A A==
151
/I 0 1 0 \\ /' 0 0 0 \ 0 0 1 L, aand 0 0 0 ,B= nd ^^ 0 0 0 / - ( \ ,o0 0o 0o)/
cC = =
/ 00 0 1 \ 0 0 0 V o o :o)/
loo
where the Lie bracket is given by [x,y] = xy — yx. This algebra has the single linkage (A, C, B). An n-tuple in this algebra is a left-normed compound commutator of weight n. Note that such a left-normed commutator of length more than 1 is the zero matrix. Thus any n-tuple is of the form: / 00 r 00 \\ / / 00 0 0 s s\ \ / 0 0 0 \ 0 0 0 , , 00 00 00 , or 0 0 t . \V oo oo oo // \ \ o0 o 0o 0/ j \Voo o o / o o/ Any sum of such commutators can be written as rA + sB rA sB + tC tC for appropriate r, s, and t.Thus single linkages offer no problems in the reduction process. Proposition 5.1.2. Elements of Ai = Ai(R,T), where V is special, have a unique reduced form, that is, not matter what reduction moves and not matter what the order in which the moves are applied to an element of M, there is only one reduced from of the element that will ever be produced. Proof. By the previous result we need only worry about the situation in which reduction moves of type 1 or 2 are applied at some stage in the Reduction Process. Suppose w be an rc-tuple and that at some stage vertices a and b are moved to the first two positions in the main part and then combined in a transformation move of type 1 or 2. Suppose that there are other vertices c and d that can also be moved to the first two positions of the main part and then combined in a transformation move of type 1 or 2. We first assume that w = abcdu where u is a (possibly empty) subword. We assume that a and 6
152
Combinatorics in Linkage Lie Algebras
are joined by an edge or an arrow in T. We also assume that c and d are joined by and edge or an arrow in T. In order for c and d to move into the first two spots either all four of the vertices a, b, c, d must react with each other or they all react with each other except possibly for 6 and c (in which case » —bead —> abed —» —bacd — a6cd —* -■» c6ad cbad —* —►cdab, cdab,
ignoring commutators). In either case there is no a problem since the four vertices are either all connected by an edge or are in a single linkage. If they are connected by an edge then all commutator parts are 0 and the main part also reduces to 0. If they all lie in the same linkage, then abed can be put into standard from according to the comments just previous to this proposition. Note that we have just made use of the second part of the definition of special linkage g r a p h . Suppose now that w — abcu and that a ~ b, and that c can be moved into the first position in w and then reacts with the second position in w which is either a or b. If a, 6, c all react with each other there is again no problem since Y is special. There is essentially one case to consider: a ~ 6, c ~ a. w= to = aabcu 6cu — —»> [ab]c [ab]cu u and
w = abcu —> —bacu —> w = abcu —> —bacu —► —► —beau —► —beau
— 6[ac]u —► — 6[OC]M —►
—► c 6 a u — 6[ac]u —> —► c 6 a u — &[ac]u —> —» c a 6M + c[6a]M — 6[ac]M —» ca bu + c[6a]u — 6[ac]u —> —> [ca]6M + c[6a]M — 6[ac]w -» —> [ca]6u + c[ba]u — b[ac]u —> —► [ca]6u + C[6O]M + [OC]6M
—► [ca]6w + c[ba]u + [ac]bu - —> —> » [ca]6u + c[6a]u C[6O]M — [ca]6u [ca]6u — -*
c[6a]« —> — [6a]CM — ► —> c[6a]M [6a]cu — ► —» [a6]cM.
153
5.1 The Reduction Process
We have now shown that when we apply two sets of transformation moves to w, then if we arrive at the same main part then the commutator parts are equivalent. If we reduce the length of the main part by a move of type 1 or 2, then the commutator paxts axe again equivalent. Hence, if we apply transformation moves to w and get the main part as short as possible, then the remaining parts are equivalent. It follows that every w has only one reduced form. This completes the proof. □ For any w <E A4 = M(R,T) we denote the unique reduced form of w by to. For any vertex we now define the linear transformation Ti given by T, : M ->_M w— i > wi We let A = A(R, T) denote the algebra of transformations generated by T; for each vertex i of T, with the bracket operation [A, B] = AB — BA.
1. T h e o r e m 5.1.3. Suppose that T is a special linkage graph. Then the Lie algebra A(R, T) satisfies the linkage relations ofT as a linkage Lie Algebra. Proof. Suppose that i and j are vertices of T that are either joined by an edge or an arrow. Let w be any element of M.. Then we have w[Ti,Tj] = wTiTj-wTjTi = wij — wji =
=
= wji + w[i, j] — wj i = w[itj]~wT[iji.
This completes the proof. □ Suppose now that we have a special linkage graph T in which for every vertex there is another vertex which does not react with it. For a fixed vertex i consider the mapping $i : R -» A(R,T) r i-» rT{
154
Combinatorics
in Linkage Lie Algebras
Clearly, $,- is a homomorphism from the additive group of R into the additive group of A(R, T). Let j be a vertex of T that does not react with i. Then
(j)rTi = rji. Since i and j do not react, r ji is not 0. Hence, $; is injective. As with linkage groups we say that R is embedded at each vertex.
Remark: We thus may use special linkage graphs to construct Lie algebras. Suppose that i and j are vertices that do not react with each other. Let Un =TiTj ■ ■ ■ TiTj . It is clear that the set s * ' n times
{Un | n a positive integer} is a linearly independent set in A(R, T). Theorem 5.1.3. A(R, T) is an infinite dimensional Lie algebra for any special linkage graph Y that has at least two vertices that do not react with each other. If for ever vertex there is another vertex that does not react with it, then R is embedded at each vertex. Recall that in Section 4.3 we were dealing with the Heptagonal Algebra, which began as the algebra C(R, II7). We added some extra relations to get a 14-dimensional algebra. We can now see that these extra relations were really needed since £(R, II7) maps onto A(R, II7) and this latter algebra is infinite dimensional. Hence, C(R, Ti.7) is also infinite dimensional.
Chapter 6 COMPUTER CALCULATIONS 6.1
Introduction
This chapter is a bit different from the previous chapters in this book. It consists of computer output that verifies some of the claims made in previous chapters. The computer languages used in this chapter are Mathematica and CAYLEY. We will present actual output from these computer languages.
IBS
156
6.2
Computer
Calculations
The Adjoint Representation of £ 7
This is a Mathematica notebook constructing a 14 dimensional matrix repre sentation of the Heptagonal algebra described in Section 4.3. We verify all the claims of that section. In particular, we verify that the multiplication table for this algebra given in Section 4.3 is correct. This verification was not done in Section 4.3 because of the large amount of computation required.
6.2 The Adjoint Representation
of £7
157
The Adjoint Repesentation of the Heptagonal Algebra This section contains a Mathematica Notebook which constructs the adjoint representation of the Heptagonal Lie algebra of Secton 4.3 and checks to make sure that various relations hold. This section and several others were created on Mathematica as Notebooks. The commands given here can be run in Mathematica. Anyone interested in obtaining the notebooks in this chapter on disk should contact the first author at [email protected].
Since this is a Mathematica Notebook all the appropriate Mathematica commands are given. The output should be self-explanatory even for those readers who are not familiar with Mathematica. The matrix A given below represents the adjoint operation of vertex 1 in the Hepatagonal Lie algebra of Section 4.3 with respect to the ordered 14-dimensional basis given in that section. The adjoint operator acts on the right, as do all operators in this book. A={{0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 } , { 0 , 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 } , {0, - 1 , 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 } , { 0 , 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 1 , 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 } , {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 ) , {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 } , {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 ) , { - 2 , 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 } , { - 1 , - 1 , 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 ) , { 0 , 0 , 0 , 0 , 0 , 0 , 0 , 0 , 0 , 0 , 0 , 0 , 1, - 1 } , { 1 , 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 } , { 2 , 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 ) , { 1 , 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 } , { - 1 , 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 } } ; The matrix B cyclically permutes rows and columns in groups of seven. Thus, conjugating A by powers of B gives the adjoint representation of all of the vertices of the algebra.
158
Computer
Calculations
B={{0, 1 , 0 , 0 , 0 , 0 , 0 , 0 , 0 , 0 , 0 , 0 , 0 , 0 } , {0, 0 , 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 } , {0, 0 , 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 } , {0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 } , {0, 0 , 0 , 0 , 0 , 1 , 0 , 0 , 0 , 0 , 0 , 0 , 0 , 0 } , {0, 0 , 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 } , {1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 ) , {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 } , {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0 } , {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0 } , {0, 0 , 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 } , {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0 } , {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1 } , {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 } } ; In order to make the matrices look better in a printed form we set the following function which will be applied to all output. $PrePrint=MatrixForm[#,TableSpacing->{0,2}]& The matrices A and B can now be printed as follows: A 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -2 -1 0 1 2 1 -1
0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
0 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0
6.2 The Adjoint Representation of £7
0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0
159
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0
We can now construct a list M of all adjoint representations of all the vertices. We construct the conjugates of A by B to the power i for i= 1 to 9 rather than 1 to 7. This repeats the first two but makes it easier to cycle through the list to check the relations. M=Table[ MatrixPower[Inverse[B],i].A.MatrixPower[B,i], {i,l,9}]; 1 We now check to see whether this adjoint representation acutally gives us a Lie algebra which satisfies the heptagon relations. The first thing we check is that [1,3]=2, [2,4]=4, etc. The vertex i is represented here by M[[i]].
Do[Print[ M[[i]].M[[i+2]]-M[[i+2]].M[[il]==M[[i+l]]], {i,l,7}] True True True True True True True
Next we check to see that [1,2]=0,[2,3]=0, etc.
160
Computer
Calculations
Do[Print[M[ [i] ] .M[ [i+1] ] = M [ [i+1] ] .M[ [i] ] ], {i,l,7>] True True True True True True True
That works so we now check to see that ad(i)"2 has only 2's and O's as entries. MatrixPower[M[[1]],2] 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 2 2 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Since all other matrices in M are merely M[[l]] with rows and columns switched we do not have to check each matrix in M. We only have to check M[[l]]. Similarly we check that ad(i)*3 is the zero matrix. We only have to check M[[l]].
6.2 The Adjoint Representation
of £7
161
MatrixPower[M [ [ 1 ] ] , 3 ] 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
We will now check the multiplication table for the heptagon algebra. Because of symmetry we only have to check the first column of Table 4.3. We must define the zero matrix and we also define a ring commutator opertor: zero=Table[0,[i,l,14},{j,l,14}]; comm[i_,j_]:=M[[i]].M[[j]]-M[[j]].M[[i]] We can now use the function comm[i,j] to check the commutators of M[[i]] with Mffi]]. comm [1,1] = z e r o True comm [2,1] = z e r o True comm[3,l]=-M[[2]] True comm [4,1] =-comm [1,4] True comm [5,1] = c o m m [5,1] True
162
Computer
Calculations
comm[6,l]=M[[7]] True comm [ 7 , 1 ] = z e r o True We will now define a more general commutator function to deal with products in the rest of the multiplication table which are products of three vertices. comm[i_, j _ , k _ ] : =conim[i, j ] .M[ [k] ] -M[ [k] ] . c o m m [ i , j ] comm[l,4,l]=-2 M[[l]] True comm[2,5,l]=-M[[l]]-M[[2]] True comm [ 3 , 6 , 1 ] = - c o m m [ 7 , 3 ] +comm [ 6 , 2 ] True comm[4,7,l]=M[[l]]+M[[7]] True comm[5,l,l]=2 M[[l]] True comm[6,2,l]==M[[l]] True comm[7,3,l]=-M[ [1] ] True The above calculations show that the Table 4.3 defines a Lie algebra that satisfies the hepatagonal relations as described in Section 4.3.
6.2 The Adjoint Representation
of £7
163
■ The exponential map. We now define exp(r ad(i)) for each i = l , . . . , 7 and for r in any commutative ring. We will let X[i,r] denote I + r ad(i) + r"2 (1/2) adtf)^. Notice that we are defining the exponential map for a general element r. The symbolic manipulaltion facilities of Mathematica allow us to do this. This shows that the computations are valid for elements r from any commutative ring R. X[i_,r_]:=IdentityMatrix[14]+ r M[[i]]+ r A 2 ((1/2) M[[i]].M[[i]])
We will now check to see that the matrices X[i,r] satisfy the heptagon relations for a group. We deal first with the relation X[i,r].X[i,s]=X[i,r+s]. In order to check that these are true we need to apply the Simplify operator to both sides of the equation. As above we only need to check this for i = 1. However,it does not really take any longer to check for all i.
Do[ Print[X[i,r] .X[i,s]=X[i,r+s]//SimplifY] , {i,l,7}] True True True True True True True
Next we will check that X[i,r].X[i+l,s]=X[i+l,s].X[i,r].
164
Computer
Calculations
Do[ Print[X[i,r] .X[i+l,s]=X[i+l,s] .X[i,r]//Simplify] , {i,l,7} ] True True True True True True True
Finally we check that [X[i,r],X[i+2,s]]=X[i+l,rs]. We define first the group commutator function gpcomm[-,-].
gpcontm [x ,y ]:=Inverse[x].Inversely].x.y Do[ Print[ gpcomm[X[i,r] , X [ i + 2 , s ] ] = X t i + l , r s ] / / S i m p l i f y ] , {i,l,7}] True True True True True True True
The above calculations show that the adjoint representation of the Heptagonal algebra actually satisfies the Heptagonal Lie relations. Furthermore, the associated Lie group obtained by the exponential map satisfies the Heptagonal group relations. Neither the group nor the algebra collapse. Note that the ring involved is not necessarily a field. The matrix representations for both the algebra and the group involve only integer coefficients. The computations are valid over any commutative ring.
6.3 The Adjoint Representation
6.3
of G2
165
The Adjoint Representation of G2
This section is a Mathematica notebook constructing a 14 dimensional matrix representation of the Lie algebra G2. After the construction is complete it is checked that the algebra actually satisfies the defining relations for G'2 as described in Section 4.4.
166
Computer
Calculations
Adjoint Representation for G2 This section is again a Mathematica Notebook. The comments at the beginning of the previous section apply here as well. Note that this notebook is separate from the previous notebook. Both have defined a commutator function comm. However, this function is diferent in each notebook. Thus one should not run these two notebooks in the same Mathematica session without clearing the definition of comm. We will now construct the adjoint representation for the Lie algebra G2. We will do this by constructing the matrices representing ad(xl), ad(xl), ad(yl), and ad(y2). From these we can construct the whole of the algebra. In order to facility typing elements such as ylyl y2 are written as y l l 2 , etc. Since the matrices we are constructing have mostly O's as entries, we set each of the desired matrices equal to the zero matrix and then change the non-zero entries. xl=Table[0,{i,1,14},{j,1,14}]; xl[[2,3]]=-l; xl[[3,4]]=-l; xl[[4,5]]=-l; xl[[7,13]]=-l; xl[[9,8]]=-3; x l [ [ 1 0 , 9 3 3—4 ; xl[ [11,10]]=-3; xl[[13,l]]=2; xl[[14,l]]=-l; As in the previous section we will again set the default printing style for matrices: $PrePrint=MatrixForm[#,TableSpacing->{0,2}]&
tto S —1
N N
o o e
£
•^ o ■&
a
"s*s*
e£ ft, ft.
•t«
■ * *
c^ w 8 •o5 .g, « "= c Q) w
=6 =e te-i i *ej 3
^ « >
co o o o oo oo oo oo oo oo oo i 1oo oo oo
o o o oo oo oo oo oo oo oo oo oo oo oo
o o o oo oo oo oo oo oo oo oo oo oo oo
O O o o Oo Oo Oo Oo I 1 Oo Oo Oo Oo Oo Oo Oo
o o o o o o o o oo oo oo oo oo oo oo oo oo oo
o o o o o o o o o o oo o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o
oo oo o o o oo oo oo oo oo oo oo oo o oo o
ooooooo oo oo oo oo oo o Oo Oo i1 oO oO
ooooooo oo oo oo oo oo o Oo Oo Oo Oo O o
o Oo Oo Oo Oo Oo Oo Oo Oo O OO OO OO OO O O
.—1 O oO oO oO oO oO oO o 1i Oo Oo Oo Oo Oo O o
i—i
i—i
i—i
•-••_■•_■
1—1
._. •_•
I—I
u
V
u
^
O oO oO oO oO oO oO oO oO
O oO o O o O o O o O
o Oo O o O o O o O o
00 O O O O O O O O O OO OOO O I CM
O o O li — H OI OO OO O O O O OO Oo O oO oO o
O OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO
O o O o O o O O OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO O oO o
I-l
-i O O O O I O O O O o o o o o O O O O I O O O O O O O O O
o o o o o o o o o o ooo o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o
1 - f
rH
o o o o o o o o o ^1 o o o o o o o o o o o o o i o o o o
■* •K • i. rrH H •1 I
ooooooo oo oo oo oo oo o oo o oo oo o o o
CO
t - i
i—i
>»
iH rH
••* rH -v rH •*. Nv H rH II •1 I rH li|| 1-1 i—i || " ||
o o o o oo oo oo oo oo i 1oo oo oo oo oo o o
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o t 1
O o Oo Oo I1 Oo Oo Oo OoO oO oO oO oO oO o*) —t ^ * HC " * TH *» ** o Oo l1 Oo Oo Oo OoO oO oO oO oO oO oO o O r i HrH w •*■ ^ •* v rH rH O II
-H
EH
^
^
^
«t
II II II 1—• r1—1 o O O O o O o O o O o O O o Oo O o Oo Oo OoI O •—' i i—. .—i i—i rrH i—i r—i i—i o 1I o H 1—1 r H ■t CM CM ^ ra> l Cl H h ^ » rH \Q f* H f ) (0 ^v CO*» T» CM *. 00 ^ OOl o Oo Oo Oo Oo Oo Oo Oo Oo Oo Oo Oo Oo> 0 O O r r HH i -l r r HH o (3|rr HH Ul l rH in CO ^
^
^
II
' 3>< 3*l 3H 3X 3X 3X 3X3 K3 X o Oo OoOoO oO oO Co No J C\IJ 1 Xt O oO oO o O o O O
168
Computer
Calculations
We will now construct the commutator function and some of the other basis elements for this algebra. We will also turn off the general spelling checker. We will be naming many elements with similar names and this will cause a lot of warning messages if we do not turn the spelling error message off. Off[General::spell] comm[A_,B_] :=A.B-B.A xl2=comm[xl, x2 ] ; xll2=comm[xl,xl2]; xlll2=cornm[xl,xll2]; x21112=comm[x2,xlll2]; We now construct the zero matrix. zero=Table[0,{14},{14}]; yl=zero; yl[[l,13]]=l; yl[[3,2]]=-3; Yl[[4,3]]=-4; yl[[5,4]]=-3; yl[[8,9]]=-l; yl[[9,10]]=-l; yl[[10,ll]]=-l; yl[[13,7]]=-2; yl[[14,7]]=l;
o> to to rH
o o o o o o o o o o o o o o
O r H O O O O O O O O O O O O
rt
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O ^-
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
r H O O O O O O O O O O O O O o o o o o o o o o o o o o o
O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O OrHO O O O o o o o o o o o o 1 o o o o
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O OrH I O O O O o o o o o o o o 1 o o o o o
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O OrH I O O O O O o o o o o o o 1 o o o o o o
O O O O O O i H O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O I O O O O O O o o o o o o o o o o o o o o
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
«
O « •^. © 5» ©
S £ o •js •^ g S3, § ftj CQ
O r H O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O 1 O O O
O O O O O O O O O O I O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O i H O O O O O O CM O 1
CM
CM
O o O O o Oo Oo Oo Oo Oo Oo Oo Oo O 1 Or H o O o
O O O O O OO OO O OO OO OO OO O O O O OO OO OO I
o Oo Io ro Ho o Oo Oo Oo Oo O oO oO oO o O O O
O OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO O
h§> ;
o o o o o o o o o o o o o o O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O
*i
O O O O O00 O O O O O O O O O o o o o 1 o o o o o o o o o
ce
•M
••• o *(eJS •« •• ) -e ■ *
»5 ■«: tf oj j
to
oo O O O O I O O O O O O O O O
1 o o o o o o o o o o "W O O O I O O O O O O O O O O oo o o 1 o o o o o o o o o o o ro o o o
1 O O I O O O O O O O O O O O rH1 O o o o o o o o o o o o o o >< O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
rH 1
O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
•<
•*.
rH
■II H
f - 1
II
f—l
• K
rH
'II>
H
r™»
-**, II •< H—i i—• rH 0 f • * ■ ^ "«, I—I Ou H r Q) M onH r~t
«n
rH 1
H II
ri1
•*.
II • ^ r* I
rH
'> II I rH r "II ^ II >—ii—i m o> '—i i—• i"». nr»^O vo » >
»—I
f""l r™»
^ - 1
^ 1
||
" CM rH " N <* rH rH r H-
• < h
• ^ CNJ
co ••■ | ••■CM II » II™ i (>1
i—i
I
|| II 00 •00- " <-ii—■ v ^ 00 00 co rH r-H ^** in ^ r—*
i—i
O O O O O I O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
•«,
5
I—1
<\| O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
r>f H
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
rH >, O O O O O O O O O O O O O O ' — ' P g O O O O O O O O O O O O O O II0
N h >• » H IID C\| 00 VO I - rH rH rH < O O O O O O O O O O O O O O C M C M C M MN CMN CMM CM < N < N N N> i N W M > i NC O O O O O O >1 >i >t > ( OO OO rr HH OO OO OO OO O > >1 > l > > ( > l > | > | >. >( >( > O O O O O O O
8
CM 0 rH rH >1 >i
170
Computer
Calculations
yll2=coinm[yl,yl2] ; ylll2=comm[yl/yll2]; y21112=comm[y2,ylll2]; hl=connn[xl , y l ] ; h2=comm[x2,y2]; At this we have matrix representations for all the basis elements. It is now neccesary to check that the relations for G2 are satisfied. comm [hi, h2 ] = z e r o comm [ xl, y 1 ] = h l comm [x2, y2 ] = h 2 True comm [ xl, y2 ] = z e r o True comm [x2 ,yl ] = z e r o True comm [hi, xl] = 2 xl True comm [hi, x2] = - 3 x2 True comm [h2, xl ] = - x l True comm[h2,x2]=2 x2 True comm[hl,yl]=-2yl True comm [hi,y2] = 3 y2 True comm [ h2, y 1 ] = y 1 True comm[h2,y2]=-2 y2 True
6.3 The Adjoint Representation
of G2
171
comm [ x l , x l 1 1 2 ] = z e r o True comm [x2, comm [x2, xl ] ] =zero True comm [yl, yl 112 ] =zero True comm [y2, comm [y2, yl ] ] =zero True Since all of therelationsabove are satisfied it follows that we have a matrix representation of the Lie algebra G2. The Matrices are 14 x 14 and the bracket operation is the ring commutator [A,B]=A B - B A. We will use thisrepresentationin the next section to check the isomorphism between L7 and G2.
172
6.4
Computer
Calculations
The Isomorphism Between £7 and G2
This section is a Mathematica notebook which verifies the details concerning the isomorphism between £7 and Gi which was described in Section 4.5. It is also shown that there is a hexagonal subalgebra inside of G2-
6.4 The Isomorphism between £7 and G2
The Isomorphism Between L7 and 6 2 We can now us the adjoint representation of G2 in the previous section to verify the isomorphism between L7 and G2. The Notebook from section 6.3 must be run before this Notebook can be run. Note that to run this notebook we need to run first the notebook of the previous section in order to define the funciton comm. We begin by showing that there is a hexagon algebra inside of G2. comm[-y2,1/36 ylll2]=-l/36 y21112 True commt-y2,-1/36 y21112]=zero True comm[-l/36 y21112,l/36 ylll2]=zero True comm[-l/36 y21112,x2]=l/36 ylll2 True comm[l/36 ylll2,x2]=zero True comm[l/36 ylll2, x21112]=x2 True comm[l/36 ylll2,x21112]=x2 True comm[x21112 , x l l l 2 ] = z e r o True comm[x2,xlll2]==x21112 True comm[x21112,-y2]=xlll2 True comm [ x l 112, -y2 ] = z e r o True
173
174
Computer
Calculations
The above calculations show there is a hexagon in G2. While this is not entirely necessary to the task of demonstrating the isomorphism it is of some interest. We now demonstrate that the first few vertices of the hexagon demonatrated above are part of a heptagon whose vertices are: -y2,-l/36y21112,l/36ylll2, x2, zl, z2, xlll2-y2 where zl and z2 are somewhat more complicated than the other vertices.
comm[-y2,xl12-y2]==zero True comm[xlll2-y2,-l/36 y21112]=-y2 True zl=x2+A xl2+x21112+B yl -1/36 ylll2; z2=x21112 +3 B xll2-hl-2h2-A xl + X1112-B yl2 -1/36 y21112; comm [x2, zl ] = z e r o True comm[x2,zl]==zero True comm[z1,xl112-y2]==z2 True comm [ z2, -y2 ] ==xl 112 -y2 True comm [x2 , z2 ] = z l True comm[z2 ,xlll2-y2]=zero True
At this point we have only one other relation to demonstrate, namely, |zl,z21 = 0. We have not need up to now the actual values of A and B. We now need these values and will substitute them into [zl, z2], simplfiy the result and see if it is 0. values={A->-6 A (l/3),B->1/A} 1/3 1 {A -> -6 , B -> -} A (comm[zl, z2] // . values//Simplify)=zero True
6.4 The Isomorphism
between £7 and G2
The above calculations show that G2 contains a subalgebra that satisfies the relations of L7. Thus G2 contains a subalgebra that is a homomoiphic image of L7. However, both L7 and G2 are 14 dimensional. Hence, they are isomorphic.
175
176
6.5
Computer
Calculations
Embedding Z2 in A5
In this section we will present a verbal embedding of Z t into the alternating group A$. The embedding is as follows: Z2-^A5 0i->e
1->(1,2)(3,4) The embedding word is [xa,yh] where a = (3,5)(4,6) and b = (2,4,3). It is easy to check that this actually is a verbal embedding. The constant group for the embedding is (a ,1) = As ., (a,6)SM t It is not quite so easy to determine ermine the linkage graph that corresponds to the embedding. We do this by running a program in CAYLEY, the group theoretic programming language. This program constructs all the vertices and numbers them from 1 to 30. Then it prints out all of the linkages. Then the vertices are printed out with their corresponding numbering. The edges of the linkages lie on the edges of a truncated dodecahedron. Note that the group of orientation preserving symmetries of a truncated dodecahedron is precisely A 5 . In addition, the vertices that are diagonally opposed on the truncated dodecahedron are identified in the linkage graph. Thus, even though the truncated icosahedron has 60 vertices, the linkage graph has 30 vertices. This section contains the CAYLEY program "library linkages" which constructs the linkages of this verbal embedding and it contains the output of this program. Even if one is not familiar with CAYLEY the commands correspond more or less to standard group theoretic concepts. Also in this section we have included a sketch of the linkage graph drawn in a plane. This is accomplished by identifying the vertices on the outside edge of the graph with vertices that are diametrically opposed. We have also included a sketch of a truncated icosahedron. Notice that the linkage graph is made up of subgraphs which we identified as "basic pieces" in Chapter 3.
6.5 Embedding Zi in At
library linkages; g=alternating(6); x=(l,2)(3,4) of g; a=(3,5)(4,6) of g; b=(2,4,3) of g; cons=; o=order(cons); print g,cons; print 'We have defined G to be Alt(6)'; print 'and CONS to be Alt(5).'; print 'We now check the commutator relations'; print 'among x, xAa, and xAb.'; print (xAAa,xAb),x; print (x a,x),(xAb,x); print 'We now print out all the linkages'; cen = centralizer(cons,x); t = transversal(cons,cen); num = empty; for each c in t do num = append(num,xAc); end; for each c in t do u = position(num,xAA(a*c)); v = position(num,xAc); w = position(num,x (b*c)); print u,v,w; print ' '; end; print '((((((((((((((((((((((((((((('; print ')))))))))))))))))))))))))))))'; print 'We now print out the correspondance between'; print 'the vertices as numbered 1,2, ... and the '; print 'group elements.'; for i = 1 to length (num) do print i,num[i]; end; finish;
177
178
Computer
CAYLEY
V3.8.3
Calculations
(ULTRIX/UNIX)
GROUP G OF ORDER 360 = 2A3 * 3 A 2 * 5 IS A SUBGROUP GENERATORS : (1,2)0,4,5,6) (1,2,3) GROUP CONS OF ORDER 60 = 2*2 * 3 * 5 IS A SUBGROUP GENERATORS : (3,5)(4,6) (2,4,3) We have defined G to be Alt(6) and CONS to be Alt(5). We now check the commutator relations among x, x A a, and x A b. (1,2)(3,4) (1,2)(3,4) IDENTITY IDENTITY We now print out all the linkages 2 1 3 1
2
17
5
3
20
17 3
4 5
10 18
18
6
11
26
7
28
20
8
16
27
9
29
22
10
4
23
11
6
21
12
24
30
13
6
28
14
24
6.5 Embedding Z2 in A$ 29
15
4
24
16
25
4
17
26
6
18
27
25 8
19 20
22 3
12
21
9
10
22
19
11
23
7
16
24
14
19
25
16
7
26
17
9
27
18
14
28
7
15
29
9
13
30
19
179
Computer
180
Calculations
((((((((((((((((((((((((((((( ))))))))))))))))))))))))))))) We now print out the correspondance between the vertices as numbered 1,2, ... and the group elements. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
(1,2)( 3,4) (1,2)( 5,6) (1,4)( 2,3) U,6)( 3,4) U,4)( 5,6) U,6)( 2,3) (1,5)( 3,4) (1,3)( 5,6) (1,5)( 2,3) (1,4) (3,6) (1,3) (2,6) (1,2) (4,6) (1,2) (3,6) (1,4) (2,6) (1,3) (4,6) (1,6) (3,5) (1,6) (2,5) (1,6) (4,5) (1,5) (2,4) (1,3) (2,4) (1,2) (3,5) (1,4) (2,5) (1,3) (4,5) (1,6) (2,4) (1,5) (3,6) (1,5) (2,6) (1,5) (4,6) (1,4) (3,5) (1,3) (2,5) (1,2) (4,5)
END OF RUN. 0.863 SECONDS The above calculations show that G2 contains a subalgebra that satisfies the relations of L7. Thus G2 contains a subalgebra that is a homomorphic image of L7. However, both L7 and G2 are 14 dimensional. Hence, they are isomorphic.
6.5 Embedding Z2 in A5
Figure 1
Linkage Graph for A5
181
1"
Computer
Calculations
Figure 2 Truncated Dodecahedron
6.6 Embedding of Z$ into Sg
6.6
183
E m b e d d i n g of Z 3 into Sg
In this section we will show that there is a verbal embedding of Z3 into Sg. The corresponding linkage graph is II7. The verbal embedding is given by Z3 —> Sg Oi->e 1^(1,5,4)(2,3,8)(6,7,9) The embedding word is [a;a~ ,ya] where a = (1,2,5,7,3,6,4). Now <(l,5,4)(2,3,8)(6,7,9),a) = S 9 . However, ((1,5,4)(2,3,8)(6,7,9))W = ^ 9 . Thus the alternating group Ag is the image of L = i(Z 3 ,Il7). From Chapter 3 we know that L is an infinite group. As in the last section the computations here were done on CAYLEY. The CAYLEY program that computes the result in this section is called "li brary batch".
184
Computer
VAX/UNIX CAYLEY
Calculations
V3.5-1
> > GROUP G RELATIONS : XA3 AA7 X A -1 A A -1 X A -1 A X A A -1 X A X A -1 A A -2 X A -1 A A 2 X A A -2 X A X A -1 A WE NOW COMPUTE; s=low index subgroups(g,,9;pr=2,limit=l) CLASS
CL.l
LENGTH 1
INDEX 1
SUBGROUP GENERATORS :< X >; PERMUTATION REPRESENTATION A -> IDENTITY X -> IDENTITY CLASS
CL.2
LENGTH 9
INDEX 9
SUBGROUP GENERATORS :< X A -1*A*X A -1*A >; PERMUTATION REPRESENTATION :A-> (1,2,5,7,3,6,4) X -> (1,3,2)(4,5,8)(6,7,9)
*** TERMINATED AFTER THE FIRST CLOSED TABLE TOTAL TIME = 3.000 SECONDS The cosact image of G on s[2] is: GROUP A9 OF ORDER 181440 = 2 A 6 * 3 A 4 * 5 * 7 GENERATORS : (1,4,3,7,5,6,2) (1,5,4)(2,3,8)(6,7,9)
***
6.6 Embedding of Z$ into Sg
I s A9 t h e a l t e r n a t i n g g r o u p of d e g r e e 9? We Al A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7
185
TRUE
h a v e l o c a t e d v e r t i c e s A 1 , . . . , A 7 i n t h e g r o u p A9: = (1,5,4)(2,3,8)(6,7,9) = (1,7,8)(2,5,9)(3,4,6) = (1,6,9)(2,7,3)(4,5,8) = (1,5,7)(2,9,4)(3,6,8) = (1,9,3)(2,8,7)(4,6,5) = (1,8,5)(2,6,3)(4,9,7) = (l,2/7)(3,9,5)(4,8/6)
WE NOW CHECK THAT THE ELEMENTS Al,A2,...,A7, SATISFY LINKAGE RELATIONS AND COMPUTE ORDERS OF VERTICES. TRUE 3 TRUE TRUE TRUE 3 TRUE TRUE TRUE TRUE
3 TRUE
TRUE TRUE
3 TRUE
TRUE TRUE
3 TRUE
TRUE TRUE
3 TRUE
TRUE TRUE
3 TRUE
WE NOW CHECK FOR AN INTERNAL HEXAGON. 3 TRUE TRUE TRUE FALSE FALSE
15 TRUE
TRUE FALSE
3 FALSE
FALSE TRUE
3 FALSE
186
Computer
Calculations
WE NOW COMPUTE THE ORDERS OF 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
A(i)*A(i+3)
FOR i = 1,...7.
HENCE WE SEE THAT THE ALTERNATING GROUP OF DEGREE 9 IS AN IMAGE OF THE HEPTAGON GROUP OVER Z3 AND THAT THE ORDER THE PRODUCT OF DIAGONALLY OPPOSED ELEMENTS IS 6. HOWEVER,THERE IS NOT AN INTERNAL HEXAGON IN THE GROUP. > > END OF RUN. 21.366 SECONDS, 199986 WORDS USED.
library batch; n=7; p=3; g:free(a,x); g.relations:xAp=aAn=(x,xAa)=l,(x,xA(aA2))=xAa; print g; print 'WE NOW COMPUTE;'; print ' s=low index subgroups(g,,9;pr=2,limit=l)'; s=low index subgroups(g,,9;pr=2,liniit=l); a9=cosact image(g,s[2]); o=order(a9); print 'The cosact image of G on s[2] is:'; print a9; print 'Is A9 the alternating group'; print 'of degree 9?'; print alternating(a9); print ''; al=a9.2; b=a9.1A ; a2=al b; a3=a2AAb; a4=a3 b; a5=a4AAb; a6=a5Ab; a7=a6 b;
6.6 Embedding of Z3 into Sg
print 'We have located vertices print 'group A9:'; print 'Al =',al; print 'A2 =',a2; print 'A3 =',a3; print 'A4 =',a4; print 'A5 =',a5; print 'A6 =',a6; print 'A7 =',a7; c=a7*al*(-l); d=(a4,c);
187
hi,. ,.,A7 in the';
print 'WE NOW CHECK THAT THE ELEMENTS, print 'WE NOW CHECK THAT THE ELEMENTS Al,A2,...,A7'; print 'SATISFY'; print 'LINKAGE RELATIONS AND COMPUTE ORDERS OF VERTICES.'; c(al,a2,a3); c(a2,a3,a4); c(a3,a4,a5); c(a4,a5,a6); c(a5,a6,a7); c(a6,a7,al); c(a7,al,a2); print 'WE NOW CHECK FOR AN INTERNAL HEXAGON.'; c(c,al,a2); c(d,c,al); c(a4,d,c); c(a3,a4,d); print 'WE NOW COMPUTE THE ORDERS OF print ' For i = 1,... , 7.' ; o(al,a4) ; o(a2,a5); o(a3,a6); o(a4,a7) ; o(a5,al); o(a6,a2) ; o(a7,a3);
A(i)*A(i+3)
188
print print print print print print
Computer
Calculations
'===================================================='; 'HENCE WE SEE THAT THE ALTERNATING GROUP OF DEGREE 9'; 'IS AN IMAGE OF THE HEPTAGON GROUP OVER Z3 AND THAT'; 'THE ORDER THE PRODUCT OF DIAGONALLY OPPOSED ELEMENTS'; 'IS 6. HOWEVER,THERE IS NOT AN INTERNAL HEXAGON IN'; 'THE GROUP.';
procedure o(x,y); print order(x*y); end; procedure c(x,y,z); print (x,z) eq y,order(x); print (x,y) eq id,(y,z) eq id; print ' '; end; finish;
6.7 Verbal Embedding of Z2 into U(3, 3)
6.7
189
Verbal Embedding of Z2 into 1/(3,3)
In this section we give a CAYLEY program that verifies the claims of Example 3 in Chapter 1. The program that verifies the results is called "library u33". While the program given here verifies the claim it should be pointed out that the result was discovered in a trial and error manner. There are two ways to find verbal embeddings using CAYLEY. The first is to begin with some known group and perform some sort of search within this group. Verbal em beddings of Z2 are the easiest to find. First one looks for a Sylow-2-subgroup. It must have a subgroup isomorphic to the group of upper unitriangular 3 x 3 matrices over Z2. Then one searches for a and /? such that [a;", y13] serves as an embedding word. It is easy to write such a program although such a program can run for a very long time in a large group. The other method for finding a verbal embedding is to begin with gen erators and relations for a group in which there is a verbal embedding if the group does not collapse. For example, consider the group G=(a,x\
an,x2,[xa~\xa]
=
x,[xa,x]}.
This group (if it does not collapse) embeds Z2 using the constant group (a) = Cn. The embedding is
Z2^G 0i-> e 1 ->x One then runs the CAYLEY command "low index subgroups" which searches for subgroups of relatively small index in G. If H is such a subgroup then CAYLEY can construct the permutation group K acts on the cosets of H in G in the same way that G does. Then if is a finite permutation group which is an image of G. Thus, K will be a concrete group in which Z2 is embedded. It is then necessary to determine exactly which group K is. This is usually fairly easy since CAYLEY has a built-in function to determine the composition factors of a finite permutation group. Note that although we have not included the computations here, it is quite easy to find verbal embeddings of Z 2 in the Mathieu group M n , and of Z 2 and Z3 in the Mathieu group Mi 2 .
190
Computer
CAYLEY
V3.8.3
Calculations
(ULTRIX/UNIX)
GROUP U 3 3 OF ORDER 6 0 4 8 = 2 A 5 GENERATORS : WA3 WA2 2 WA2 WA7 WA2 WA6 2 WA5
* 3*3
* 7 I S A SUBGROUP OF G
1 WA6 WA3 W 2 1 WA1 W A 1 WA3 0 A
I s U33 simple?
TRUE
We now check t h a t t h e r e l a t i o n s of t h e heptagon h o l d i n U33. The order of X i s : 2 The order of A i s : 7 A =
WA3 WA2 2 WA2 WA7 WA2 WA6 2 WA5
X ==
1 WA6 WA3 WA2 1 WA1 W A 1 WA3 0
(XA(AA-1),XAA)
(XAA,X)
=
1 WA6 WA3 W 2 1 WA1 W A 1 WA3 0
=
A
1
0 0 A
A
(X (A -1),X)
=
0
0
0
1 1
0 0 END OF RUN. 1 5 . 2 2 9 SECONDS
0 1 0
0
0
1
0 1
6.7 Verbal Embedding of Z2 into U(3, 3)
library u33; q = 3; k = field(q*q,w); v = vector space(k,3); g = special linear(v); a = mat(wA3,wA2,wA4:wA2,wA7,wA2:wA6,wA4,wA5) of g; x = raat(l,wA6,wA3:wA2,l,w:w,wA3,0) of g; u33 = ; o = order(u33); print u33; print ''; print 'Is U33 simple?',simple(u33); print ''; print 'We now check that the relations of the'; print 'heptagon hold in U33.'; print 'The order of X is:',order(x); print 'The order of A is:',order(a); print 'A = ',a; print 'X = ',x; print '(XA(AA-1),XAA) = ',(x A (a A -l),x A a); print '(XAA,X) = ',(x A a,x); print '(XA(AA-1),X) = ',(x A (a A -l),x); finish;
191
192
6.8
Computer
Calculations
The Relations in G 2 (2)'
We have seen from our work that there is a surjective homomorphism i(Z2,n7)^G2(2)'. In this section we will determine the kernel of this homomorphism. If the generators of this kernel are combined with the linkage relations of £(Z 2 , II7) they will, of course, give a presentation for G 2 (2)'. We give a CAYLEY program which constructs a chain of subgroups I(Z 2 , II7) > L\ > L2 > L3 > L4 > L5 > L6 > L7 with indices 28,2,2,2,3,3,3. It is then shown that L7 is normal in L(Z2,1I7) and that the factor group is G 2 (2)' = (7(3,3), the simple group of order 6048. The program is lengthy and makes use of subroutine called sim which simplifies presentations by performing various Tietze transformations on the presentations. The presentation for Li must be simplified for each i since otherwise the presentations become quite unworkable. The final presentation for L?, which is the kernel we are seeking has 37 generators and 144 relators. The total length of all the relators is 14,668. If the kernel is abelianized it is a free abelian group of rank 34. This suggests that the kernel could be generated by 34 generators rather than 37. However, at this point the computer's memory ran out (as did the authors' patience). Note that this gives another proof that i ( Z 2 , n 7 ) is infinite. The CAYLEY program that produced the output here is called "library kerf72".
6.8 The Relations in G 2 (2)'
VAX/UNIX CAYLEY
193
V3.5-1
> > August 26, 1989 Revised July 9,1991 THIS PROGRAM FINDS THE KERNEL OF THE MAP FROM G ONTO U(3,3) = 2A(2,3) = G(2,2)', THE SIMPLE GROUP OF ORDER 6048. IT CONSTRUCTS A CHAIN OF SUBGROUPS G > LI > L2 > L3 > L4 > L5 > L6 > L7 OF INDICES 28,2,2,2,3,3,3. THE GENERATORS OF L7 ARE REWRITTEN IN TERMS OF THE GENERATORS OF G AND THE RESULTING SUBGROUP OF G IS CALLED KER. THEN G/KER IS COMPUTED AND SHOWN TO BE THE SIMPLE GROUP OF ORDER 6048. Thomas Fournelle Department of Mathematics University of Wisconsin-Parkside Kenosha, WI 53141 U.S.A. fournellivacs.uwp.edu
GROUP G RELATIONS : XA2 AA7 X A -1 A A -1 X A -1 A X A A -1 X A X A -1 A A -2 X A -1 A A 2 X A A -2 X A X A -1 A XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX A subgroup of the above group of index 28 is now found. The group has 17 generators. The group has 52 relators. The total length of the relators is The The The The The
group group total group group
has 10 generators. has 25 relators. length of the relators is has 9 generators. has 22 relators.
199
100
194
Computer
Calculations
The total length of the relators is 94 1 The group The group The total 94 2 substring The group The group The total
has 8 generators. has 21 relators. length of the relators is
95
search has 8 generators. has 13 relators. length of the relators is
49
The group has 7 generators. The group has 12 relators. The total length of the relators is 49 3 The group The group The total 47 4 substring The group The group The total
52
has 6 generators. has 10 relators. length of the relators is
47
search has 6 generators. has 9 relators. length of the relators is
40
The group has 5 generators. The group has 8 relators. The total length of the relators is 40 5 SUBSTRING The group The group The total
SEARCH has 5 has 7 length of
number 1 generators. relators. the relators is
The The The The The The 32
has 5 has 7 length of has 4 has 6 length of
generators. relators. the relators is generators. relators. the relators is
group group total group group total 1
94
The group has
3
generators
46
32
32 36
6.8 The Relations in G 2 (2)'
The group The total 32 2 substring The group The group The total
195
has 4 relators. length of the relators is
39
search has 3 generators. has 4 relators. length of the relators is
35
The group has 3 generators. The group has 4 relators. The total length of the relators is 32 3 SUBSTRING The group The group The total
SEARCH has 3 has 4 length of
number 2 generators. relators. the relators is
The The The The The The 34
group group total group group total 1
has 3 has 4 length of has 3 has 4 length of
generators. relators. the relators is generators. relators. the relators is
SUBSTRING The group The group The total
SEARCH has 3 has 4 length of
number 3 generators. relators. the relators is
35
34
34 34
35
ORIGINAL GROUP: The group has 17 generators. The group has 52 relators. The total length of the relators is
199
SIMPLIFIED GROUP The group has 3 generators. The group has 4 relators. The total length of the relators is
35
TIME:
94
Computer
196
Calculations
The subgroup that is being considered is GROUP H IS GENERATORS A A -3 A A -1 A A -2 A X
A SUBGROUP AS WORDS IN SUPERGROUP : X AA3 X A A -1 X A A -2 X A A -1 X X A A -2 X A A -1 X A A -2 X A A -2 X A A -2 X
The simplified presentation for this group has 3 generators and 4 relators. The total length of the relators is 35 The abelian quotient of this group is SEQ( 4, 0 ) The number of O's here is 1 The simplified version of this group is called LI XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX A subgroup of the above group of index 2 is now found. The group has 5 generators. The group has 8 relators. The total length of the relators is The The The The The The 54
group group total group group total 1
The group The group The total 54 2 substring The group The group The total
has 5 has 8 length of has 4 has 6 length of
generators. relators. the relators is generators. relators. the relators is
54
54 74
has 4 generators. has 6 relators. length of the relators is
74
search has 4 generators. has 6 relators. length of the relators is
64
6.8 The Relations in G 2 (2)'
197
SUBSTRING The group The group The total
SEARCH has 4 has 6 length of
number 1 generators. relators. the relators is
The The The The The The 62
group group total group group total 1
has 4 has 6 length of has 4 has 6 length of
generators. relators. the relators is generators. relators. the relators is
SUBSTRING The group The group The total
SEARCH has 4 has 6 length of
number 2 generators. relators. the relators is
The The The The The The 58
group group total group group total 1
has 4 has 6 length of has 4 has 6 length of
generators. relators. the relators is generators. relators. the relators is
SUBSTRING The group The group The total
SEARCH has 4 has 6 length of
number 3 generators. relators. the relators is
54
ORIGINAL GROUP: The group has 5 generators. The group has 8 relators. The total length of the relators is
54
SIMPLIFIED GROUP The group has 4 generators. The group has 6 relators. The total length of the relators is
54
TIME:
64
62
62 62
58
58 58
198
Computer
Calculations
The subgroup that is being considered is GROUP H IS A SUBGROUP GENERATORS AS WORDS IN SUPERGROUP : .2A-1 .1 .3A-1 .1A2 .1A-1 .3 The simplified presentation for this group has 4 generators and 6 relators. The total length of the relators is 54 The abelian quotient of this group is SEQ( 2, 0, 0 ) The number of 0's here is 2 The simplified version of this group is called L2
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx A subgroup of the above group of index The group has 7 generators. The group has 12 relators. The total length of the relators is The group The group The total The group The group The total 96 1 substring The group The group The total
has 7 has 12 length of has 6 has 11 length of
generators. relators. the relators is generators. relators. the relators is
2
96
96 156
search has 6 generators. has 10 relators. length of the relators is
116
The group has 5 generators. The group has 9 relators. The total length of the relators is
142
is now found.
6.8 The Relations in G 2 (2)'
96 2 substring The group The group The total
search has 5 generators. has 9 relators. length of the relators is
118
The group The group The total 96 3 substring The group The group The total
has 4 generators. has 8 relators. length of the relators is
192
search has 4 generators. has 8 relators. length of the relators is
142
The group The group The total 96 4 substring The group The group The total
has 3 generators. has 7 relators. length of the relators is
256
search has 3 generators. has 7 relators. length of the relators is
244
SUBSTRING The group The group The total
SEARCH has 3 has 7 length of
number 1 generators. relators. the relators is
206
The The The The The The 206
group group total group group total 1
has 3 has 7 length of has 3 has 7 length of
generators. relators. the relators is generators. relators. the relators is
SUBSTRING The group The group The total
SEARCH has 3 has 7 length of
number 2 generators. relators. the relators is
186
generators. The group has 3 relators. The group has 7 The total length of the relators is
186
206 206
199
200
Computer
Calculations
The group has 3 generators. The group has 7 relators. The total length of the relators is 186 1 SUBSTRING The group The group The total
SEARCH has 3 has 7 length of
number 3 generators. relators. the relators is
186
174
ORIGINAL GROUP: The group has 7 generators. The group has 12 relators. The total length of the relators is
96
SIMPLIFIED GROUP The group has 3 generators. The group has 7 relators. The total length of the relators is
174
TIME:
99
The subgroup that is being considered is GROUP H IS A SUBGROUP GENERATORS AS WORDS IN SUPERGROUP : .1 .2A-1 .4A-1 .3A2 •3A-1 .2A-1 .3 The simplified presentation for this group has 3 generators and 7 relators. The total length of the relators is 174 The abelian quotient of this group is SEQ( 2, 0, 0 ) The number of 0's here is 2 The simplified version of this group is called
201
6.8 The Relations in G 2 (2)' L3
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx A subgroup of the above group of index The group has 4 generators. The group has 12 relators. The total length of the relators is The The The The The The 148
group group total group group total 1
has 4 has 7 length of has 4 has 7 length of
generators. relators. the relators is generators. relators. the relators is
SUBSTRING The group The group The total
SEARCH has 4 has 7 length of
number 1 generators. relators. the relators is
The The The The The The 131
group group total group group total 1
has 4 has 7 length of has 4 has 7 length of
generators. relators. the relators is generators. relators. the relators is
SUBSTRING The group The group The total
SEARCH has 4 has 7 length of
number 2 generators. relators. the relators is
The The The The The The 130
has 4 has 7 length of has 4 has 7 length of
generators. relators. the relators is generators. relators. the relators is
group group total group group total 1
SUBSTRING SEARCH The group has 4
number 3 generators.
2
236
148 148
131
131 131
130
130 130
is now found.
202
Computer
Calculations
The group has 7 relators. The total length of the relators is
130
ORIGINAL GROUP: The group has 4 generators. The group has 12 relators. The total length of the relators is
236
SIMPLIFIED GROUP The group has 4 generators. The group has 7 relators. The total length of the relators is
130
TIME:
66
The subgroup that is being considered is GROUP H IS A SUBGROUP GENERATORS AS WORDS IN SUPERGROUP : .2A-1 .1 .3A-1 .1 .3 .1 .2A-1 .1 The simplified presentation for this group has 4 generators and 7 relators. The total length of the relators is 130 The abelian quotient of this group is SEQ( 3, 3, 0, 0 ) The number of 0's here is 2 The simplified version of this group is called L4
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx A subgroup of the above group of index The group has 10 generators. The group has 21 relators. The total length of the relators is
3
304
is now found.
6.8 The Relations in G 2 (2)'
The The The The The The 304
203
group group total group group total 1
has 10 generators. has 21 relators. length of the relators is has 9 generators. has 20 relators. length of the relators is
328
The group The group The total 304 2 substring The group The group The total
has 8 generators. has 19 relators. length of the relators is
602
search has 8 generators. has 19 relators. length of the relators is
508
The group The group The total 304 3 substring The group The group The total
has 7 generators. has 18 relators. length of the relators is
925
search has 7 generators. has 18 relators. length of the relators is
645
The group The group The total 304 4 substring The group The group The total
has 7 generators. has 18 relators. length of the relators is
645
search has 7 generators. has 18 relators. length of the relators is
645
The group The group The total 304 5 substring The group The group The total
has 7 generators. has 18 relators. length of the relators is
645
search has 7 generators. has 18 relators. length of the relators is
645
304
204
Computer
Calculations
SUBSTRING The group The group The total
SEARCH number 1 has 7 generators. has 18 relators. length of the relators is
The The The The The The 596
has 7 has 18 length of has 7 has 18 length of
group group total group group total 1
596
generators. relators. the relators is generators. relators. the relators is
596
SUBSTRING The group The group The total
number 2 SEARCH generators. has 7 relators. has 18 length of the relators is
523
The group The group The total The group The group The total 523 1 substring The group The group The total
has 7 has 18 length of has 6 has 17 length of
search has 6 generators. has 17 relators. length of the relators is
851
The group The group The total 523 2 substring The group The group The total
has 6 generators. has 17 relators. length of the relators is
851
search has 6 generators. has 17 relators. length of the relators is
851
The group The group The total 523 3 substring The group
has 6 generators. has 17 relators. length of the relators is
851
search has 6
generators. relators. the relators is generators. relators. the relators is
generators.
596
523 1069
205
6.8 The Relations in G 2 (2)'
The group has 17 relators. The total length of the relators is
851
SUBSTRING The group The group The total
SEARCH number 3 has 6 generators. has 17 relators. length of the relators is
758
ORIGINAL GROUP: The group has 10 generators. The group has 21 relators. The total length of the relators is
304
SIMPLIFIED GROUP The group has 6 generators. The group has 17 relators. The total length of the relators is
758
TIME:
274
The subgroup that is being considered is GROUP H IS A SUBGROUP GENERATORS AS WORDS IN SUPERGROUP : .1A-1 .4A-1 .3 .2 .2 .3 .3A-1 .1A-1 .3 .2A-2 .3 .3A-1 .4A-1 .3 The simplified presentation for this group has 6 generators and 17 relators. The total length of the relators is 758 The abelian quotient of this group is SEQ( 3, 3, 0, 0, 0, 0 ) The number of 0's here is 4 The simplified version of this group is called
206
Computer
Calculations
L5
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx A subgroup of the above group of index The group has 16 generators. The group has 51 relators. The total length of the relators is
3
2059
The group The group The total The group The group The total 2059 1 substring The group The group The total
has 16 generators. has 51 relators. length of the relators is has 15 generators. has 50 relators. length of the relators is search has 15 generators. has 50 relators. length of the relators is
2375
The group The group The total 2059 2 substring The group The group The total
has 14 generators. has 49 relators. length of the relators is
3454
search has 14 generators. has 49 relators. length of the relators is
2743
The group The group The total 2059 3 substring The group The group The total
has 13 generators. has 48 relators. length of the relators is
10235
search has 13 generators. has 48 relators. length of the relators is
7315
has 13 generators. has 48 relators. length of the relators is
7315
The group The group The total 2059 4 substring The group
search has 13
generators.
2059 3121
is now found.
6.8 The Relations in G 2 (2)'
The group has 48 relators. The total length of the relators is
207
7315
The group The group The total 2059 5 substring The group The group The total
has 13 generators. has 48 relators. length of the relators is
7315
search has 13 generators. has 48 relators. length of the relators is
7315
SUBSTRING The group The group The total
SEARCH number 1 has 13 generators. has 48 relators. length of the relators is
6852
The group The group The total The group The group The total 6852 1
has 13 generators. has 48 relators. length of the relators is has 13 generators. has 48 relators. length of the relators is
SUBSTRING The group The group The total
SEARCH number 2 has 13 generators. has 48 relators. length of the relators is
The group The group The total The group The group The total 6370 1
has 13 generators. has 48 relators. length of the relators is has 13 generators. has 48 relators. length of the relators is
SUBSTRING The group The group The total
SEARCH number 3 has 13 generators. has 48 relators. length of the relators is
6852 6852
6370
6370 6370
5360
208
Computer
Calculations
ORIGINAL GROUP: The group has 16 generators. The group has 51 relators. The total length of the relators is
2059
SIMPLIFIED GROUP The group has 13 generators. The group has 48 relators. The total length of the relators is
5360
TIME:
2954
The subgroup that is being considered is GROUP H IS A SUBGROUP GENERATORS AS WORDS IN SUPERGROUP : .1 .6 .3 .6A-1 .1A-1 .6A-1 • 2A-1 .3A-2 .6 .6A-1 .4A-1 .6A-1 .5A-1 .3A-1 .6A2 .3A-1 .1A-1 .3A-1 .2A-1 .1A3 .1 .4 .1 .5 .1 . 2 '-1 .3 .6 . 1 A - 1
.6 .6 .6 .6 .3 .3
The simplified presentation for this group has 13 generators and 48 relators. The total length of the relators is 5360 The abelian quotient of this group is SEQ( 3, 3, 3, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 , 0 The number of 0's here is 10
)
The simplified version of this group is called L6
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
6.8 The Relations in G2(2)'
A subgroup of the above group of index
209
3
The subgroup that is being considered is GROUP H IS A SUBGROUP GENERATORS AS WORDS IN SUPERGROUP : .1A-1 .6A-1 .1A-1 .8A-1 .1A-1 .9A-1 .1A-1 .11A-1 .1A-1 .12A-1 .1A-1 .13A-1 .1A-1 .2 .1A-1 .3 .1A-1 .7 .1A-1 .10 .1A-1 .4A-1 .1 .1A-1 .5A-1 .1 •6A-2 .1 .6A-1 .8A-1 .1 -6A-1 .9A-1 .1 .6A-1 .11A-1 .1 .6A-1 .12A-1 .1 .6A-1 .13A-1 .1 .6A-1 .2 .1 .6A-1 .3 .1 .6A-1 .7 .1 .6A-1 .10 .1 .1A3 .1 .2A-1 .1 .3A-1 .4 .5 .1 .6 .1 .7A-1 .1 .8 .1 .9 .1 .10A-1 .1 .11 .1 .12 .1 .13 The simplified presentation for this group
is now found.
Computer
210
Calculations
has 37 generators and 144 relators. The total length of the relators is
14668
The abelian quotient of this group is SEQ( 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 ) The number of 0's here is 34 The simplified version of this group is called L7 The group L7 is now translated into G and called KER. THE ORDER OF G/KER IS 6048 The group IM2 is a faithful image of G/KER but has lower degree and so is easier to work with. The order of IM2 is 6048 COMPOSITION FACTORS OF GROUP IM2 2A(2, 3)
APPEARS ONCE
TOTAL TIME = 5248.850 CPU SECONDS. > > END OF RUN. 5249.033 SECONDS, 199996 WORDS USED.
6.8 The Relations in G 2 (2)'
211
library kerf72; print 'THIS PROGRAM FINDS THE KERNEL OF THE MAP FROM G'; PRINT 'ONTO U(3,3) = 2A(2,3) = G(2,2)$', THE SIMPLE GROUP'; PRINT 'OF ORDER 6048. IT CONSTRUCTS A CHAIN OF SUBGROUPS'; PRINT ' G > LI > L2 > L3 > L4 > L5 > L6 > L7' ; PRINT 'OF INDICES 28,2,2,2,3,3,3. THE GENERATORS OF L7 ARE '; PRINT 'REWRITTEN IN TERMS OF THE GENERATORS OF G AND THE '; PRINT 'RESULTING SUBGROUP OF G IS CALLED KER. THEN G/KER IS'; PRINT 'COMPUTED AND SHOWN TO BE THE SIMPLE GROUP OF ORDER 6048.'; PRINT ''; PRINT 'Thomas Fournelle'; print 'Department of Mathematics'; print 'University of Wisconsin-Parkside'; print 'Kenosha, WI 53141'; print 'U.S.A.'; print ''; print 'fournel1gvacs.uwp.edu'; print '' ; print ''; n=7; p=2; g:free(a,x); g.relations:xAp=aAn=(x,xAa)=l,(x,xA(aA2))=xAa; print g; s=low index subgroups(g,,28;limit=l); f,u33,ker=cosact homomorphism(g,s[2]); h=s[2]; k=rewrite(g,h;simplify=false); sim(k,false,50,2;11) ; info(s[2],ll); print 'LI'; s=low index subgroups(11,0,seq(2);pr=l); hl=s[4]; k=rewrite(ll,hl;simplify=false); sim(k,false,50,2;12) ; info(s[4],12); print 'L2'; s=low index subgroups(12,0,seq(2);pr=l); h2=s[2]; k=rewrite(12,h2;simplify=false); sim(k,false,50,2;13); info(s[2],13);
212
Computer
Calculations
print 'L3'; s=low index subgroups(13,0,seq(2);pr=l); h3=s[6]; k=rewrite(13,h3;simplify=false); sim(k,false,50,2;14); info(s[6],14); print 'L4'; s=low index subgroups(14,0,seq(3);pr=l,limit=14); h4=s[13]; k=rewrite(14,h4;simplify=false); sim(k,false,50,2;15); info(s[13],15); print 'L5'; gen=[15.1A3,15.1*15.4,15.1*15.5,15.1*15.2^-1,15.3*15.6*15.1A-1]; s=low index subgroups(15,,seq(3);pr=l,limit=2); h5=s[2]; k=rewrite(15,h5;simplify=false); sira(k,false,50,2;16); info(s[2],16); print 'L6'; gen=[16.1A3,16.1*16.2^-1,16.1*16.3^-1,16.4,16.5,16.1*16.6, 16.1*16.7A-l,16.1*16.8,16.1*16.9,16.1*16.10A-l, 16.1*16.11,16.1*16.12,16.1*16.13]; s=low index
subgroups(16,,seq(3);pr=l,limit=l);
h6=s[2]; 17=rewrite(16,h6;simplify=false); info(s[2],17); print 'L7'; goback(15,16,17;gp); goback(14,15,gp;gp); goback(13,14,gp;gp); goback(12,13,gp;gp); goback(11,12,gp;gp); goback(g,ll,gp;ker); line; line; print 'The group L7 is now translated into G and called KER.'; f 2 , im,kkk=cosact homomorphisiti(g,ker) ; print 'THE ORDER OF G/KER IS',order(im);
6.8 The Relations in G 2 (2)'
213
gen=null; for each xx in generators(h) do gen=gen join [f2(xx)]; end; im2=cosact image(im,); print ''; print 'The group IM2 is a faithful image of G/KER but has lower'; print 'degree and so is easier to work with.'; print 'The order of IM2 is',order(im2); print compos factors(im2); print ''; print ''; show time; "THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURES ARE USED IN THIS PROGRAM."; procedure sim(g,bool,k,kk;h); t0= cputime(O); inf(g;m,n,lll); if bool eq false then h=g; goto l;end; s=low index subgroups(g,,l); h=rewrite(g,s[l];simplify=false); l:for j=l to 3 do print ' '; h=tietze(h;eliminate); inf(h;mm,nn,ll); i=l; while i le mm do h=tietze(h;eliminate,gen); inf(h;m,n,l); lll=min(111,1); print 111,1; i f 1 g t min(2*11,2*111) or 1 g t m i n ( l l l + k , l l + k ) or ( i mod kk) eq 0
p r i n t 'substring search'; h=tietze(h;search); inf(h;m,n,1111); lll=min(ll,min(lll,llll)); end; lll=min(l,min(lll,ll));
if m eq mm and n eq nn and 1 eq 11 then i = mm+l;end; i=i+l; mm=m;nn=n;11=1; print ' '; end; print 'SUBSTRING SEARCH number',j;
214
Computer
Calculations
h=tietze(h;search); h=tietze(h;newgen); inf(h;m,n,l); 111=1; end; hl=tietze(h;search,equal); hl=tietze(hi;search); hl=tietze(hl;newgen); hl=tietze(hi;search); hl=tietze(h;auto); procedure line; print '================== end; print ''; print " ; line; print 'ORIGINAL GROUP:'; inf(g;a,b,c); line; h=hl ; print 'SIMPLIFIED GROUP'; inf(h;a,b,c); line; print 'TIME:',(cputiroe(0)-t0)/1000; end; procedure inf(h;m,n,l); print 'The group has',ngens(h),'generators.'; print 'The group has' ,card(relations(h)), 'relators.' ; 1=0; for each r in relations(h) do l=l+length(r); end; print 'The total length of the relators is',1; m=ngens(h); n=card(relations(h)); end; procedure info(h,l);
6.8 The Relations in G 2 (2)'
line; print 'The subgroup that is being considered is'; print h; print 'The simplified presentation for this group'; print 'has',ngens(1),'generators'; print 'and',card(relations(l)),'relators.'; 11=0; for each r in relations(l) do ll=ll+length(r); end; print 'The total length of the relators is',11; print ''; print 'The abelian quotient of this group is'; print aqinvariants (1); print ''; print 'The simplified version of this group is called'; end;
procedure goback(g,h,1;gp); hgens=generating words(g,h); lgens=generating words(h,1); define f:h to g by images setseq(hgens); gens=null; for each x in lgens do gens=gens join [f(x)]; end; gp=; end; finish;
215
Computer
216
CAYLEY
V3.8.3
Calculations
(ULTRIX/UNIX)
The group N is: GROUP N OF ORDER 32 = 2 A 5 RELATORS : AA4 BA4 CM DA2 B A 2 A A -2 C A 2 A A -2 DA-1 C D C B A A -1 BA-1 A A -1 A A -1 CA-1 A C A A -1 DA-1 A D BA-1 CA-1 B C BA-1 DA-1 B D The automorphism group of N has order 1920 We will now search for automorphisms of order 5 which satisfy the conditions of our counter example: The order of the automorphism which we found is: 5 We now check that it acts in the proper fashion in N: TRUE TRUE TRUE TRUE
6.8 The Relations in Gi{2)'
We now look for automorphisms which send c to a d. We print the orders of some of these since they give orders of constant groups for verbal embeddings in to N. 5 4 3 4 3 3 2 4 5 4 2 5 2 2 4 END OF RUN. 46.168 SECONDS
217
218
Computer
Calculations
library counter; print 'The group N is:'; n=free(a,b,c,d); A A n.relations:a 4,b 4,cA4,dA2, A A A aA 2=bA 2=c 2, c d=c (-l), a*b=b*aA(-l), (a,c),(a,d),(b,c),(b,d); o=order(n); print n; aut=automorphism group(n); print 'The automorphism group of N '; print 'has order',order(aut); print 'We will now search for automorphisms o f ; print 'order 5 which satisfy the conditions'; print 'of our counter example:'; for each f in if f(a) eg f(b) eg f(c) eg f(d) eg break; end; end;
aut do a*b*b*c*d and c and a and c*b then
print print print print print print print print
'The order of the automorphism'; 'which we found is:',order(f); 'We now check that it acts in'; 'the proper fashion in N:'; f(a) eg a*b*b*c*d; f(b) eg c; f(c) eg a; f(d)eg c*b;
print print print print print print
'We now look for automorphisms'; 'which send c to a d. We '; 'print the orders of some of'; 'these since they give orders of '; 'constant groups for verbal'; 'embeddings in to N.';
6.8 The Relations in G 2 (2)'
for each f in aut do if f(c) eq a*d and (order(f) eq 2 or order(f) eq 3 or order(f) eq 4 or order(f) eq 5) then print order(f); end; end; finish;
219
Chapter 7 QUESTIONS This chapter is a list of questions that arise from the results in this book. The questions are not stated in any particular order. 1. (The Isomorphism Problem) Suppose that Ti and T2 are two linkage graphs and that L(R,Ti) and L(R, r 2 ) are isomorphic for some rings R. Then are Ti and r 2 isomorphic as linkage graphs? We have already seen that in some linkage graphs some of the arrows can have their orientations changed and the linkage groups will remain the same (for commutative rings). If we replace " for some rings i?" by "for all rings i?" then are r x and r 2 isomorphic? Linkage groups are generalized matrix groups and the linkage graph is rather like the dimension of the group. For example, SL(n,R) and SL(m, R) are not expected to be isomorphic unless m = n. This is perhaps a hard problem. Can one say that if L(R, Ti) and L(R, r 2 ) are isomorphic for some rings R, then Ti and r 2 at least have the same number of vertices? It seems that something like this ought to be true. 2. In describing Standard Linkage graphs in Section 3.6 we took II n , n > 7 as a basic graph. We did not let n = 7 because for n — 7 we do not know if torsion elements of L(R, II7) are conjugate to elements in a basic linkage. What can be said about torsion in L(R, II7)? 3. What do the solvable subgroups of L(R, T) look like when T is a standard linkage graph? (See Section 3.6) The torsion in L(R, V) comes from basic linkages, that is, any torsion element is conjugate to an element in a
221
222
Questions
basic linkage. Are solvable subgroups either infinite cyclic or conjugate to subgroups of basic linkages? We can also ask this same question about L(R, II7) (See the previous question.) There is an infinite non-cyclic solvable subgroup of £(Z 2 , II7) but this group arises only because of the especially simple nature of the ring Z 2 . The questions being asked here are really assuming that R has more than 2 elements. 4. (Tits' Alternative) If T is a standard linkage graph, in particular, if V has no hexagon subgraphs, then can it be said that every subgroup of L(R, T) is solvable-by-finite or else contains a free subgroup rank 2? Recall that in Chapter 3 we saw that subgroups of L(R, T) of finite index contain free subgroups of rank 2. 5. From the theory of verbal embeddings we know that many finite simple groups are images of linkage groups. For a particular such group what does the linkage graph look like? By Theorem 2.2.1 and Theorem 2.2.4 if there is a verbal embedding with constant group C into a simple group G, then for every H such that C < H < G there is a linkage group L{R,YH) that maps onto G. Changing H changes the linkage graph TH. In describing the group L(R,TH) is it better to have Has large as possible, namely equal to G, or as small as possible? The mapping of £(Z 2 , II7) onto the group U3 (3) is an illustrative example. The linkage graph is quite simple in structure but the kernel of the mapping is very complex. Would the kernel be easier to describe if II7 were replace by some larger linkage graph? If the kernels are described then this gives a presentation for the image group. Are any of these presentations obtainable in a nice way? Are any of them useful? For example, the Heptagonal description of the groups G 2 (F) yields immediately the existence of an automorphism of order 7. 6. Most of the finite simple described in the book have verbal embeddings of the ring Z 2 . Some have embeddings of some larger rings. How much do the linkage graphs corresponding to the larger rings differ? Are the kernels described in the previous sections easier or harder to describe when the embedded rings are larger?
Questions
223
7. The description of the Lie algebra G2 and the Lie groups G2(F) imply the existence of automorphisms of order 7 in both the group and the algebra. What has 7 got to do with G-p. When experts on Lie algebras are asked this question they, mention a 7 dimensional subalgebra of the Octonians which is naturally related to Gi. This however does not appear to be the answer to the question. 8. Linkage Lie algebras can be constructed by generators and relations and are mostly infinite dimensional. Are these algebras related to Kac-Moody or other infinite dimensional Lie algebras, or are they a new class of infinite dimensional Lie algebras? Even if they are the same as some other algebras they may not be the same in any nice way. For example the Heptagonal Lie algebra L(R, 1T7) (with appropriate extra relations) is isomorphic to G2{R) but the isomorphism is not in any way natural. The information you get from one description is almost completely different from the information you get from the other description. In any event, is the information you get from describing a Lie algebra as a linkage Lie algebra useful in describing new algebras or in redescribing old ones? 9. Linkage groups have many homomorphic images among finite simple groups. What other interesting images do they have? What are the finite simple images of the standard linkage groups of Section 3.6? Are there non-trivial finite normal subgroups of these groups (something that cannot happen for r = II n for n > 7)? What can be said about the infinite simple images of these groups? 10. Suppose that a verbal embedding has a cyclic constant groups C and that C acts regularly on the associated linkage graph. Then is the encoding word of the form
[x\ y a -1]
0 lU -* + this i\,',C n that where a is a generator of C?' Recall need not be the case if the constant group does not act regularly on the linkage graph.
11. In describing the linkage Lie algebras of Chapter 5 we did not define an exponential map which is needed to construct the corresponding linkage Lie group. Can this exponential map be defined?
224
Questions
To define the exponential map one would need to have nilpotence or local nilpotence of ad(i) for every vertex i. This requires adding more relations to the linkage Lie algebra. If these relations are added it is then necessary to show that the algebra (and the group) do no collapse. Suppose that it is possible to define the exponential map for a linkage Lie algebra C over a special linkage graph T for a ring R. If Q is the Lie group corresponding C then Q is the homomorphic image of L(R, T). What is the kernel of this homomorphism? Are these groups isomorphic? The answer here would of course depend on the nature of the nilpotence conditions added to C. 12. In [23] Sidki computed matrix representations of many groups over GL(2, K) and PGL(2, K) for various fields K. The work involved taking matrices with unknowns for entries (one matrix for each generator of the group) and setting up matrix equations corresponding to the relations of the group. If the entries of the matrices can be determined in such a way as a to satisfy the equations then one obtains a matrix representation for the group. This is, of course, not a new idea. A new feature in Sidki's work was the use of a computer algebra system (in his case MAPLE) to deal with the difficult algebraic manipulations. It would probably be useful to investigate more representations (using MAPLE or Mathematica, for example). These computer algebra systems could possibly yield information about 3 x 3 representations which are very complicated to study by hand. The 3 x 3 representations would probably be more fruitful than 2 x 2 representations since verbal embeddings arise more naturally in the 3 x 3 case.
References 1. G. BERGMAN , Embedding arbitrary algebras into groups, Algebra Universalis, 25 ( 1988), 107-120. 2. R . W . C A R T E R , "Simple Groups of Lie Type," John Wiley and Sons, London, New York, 1972. 3. L. P . COMERFORD, J R . , M. F . NEWMAN, Verbal definitions of operation on groups, Algebra Universalis, 28 (1991), 495-499. 4. J. H. CONWAY et al, "Atlas of Finite Groups," Oxford Univ. Press (Claren don), London, New York, 1985. 5. W . F E I T , J . G. THOMPSON, Solvability of groups of odd order, Pacific J. Math., 13 (1963), 775-1029. 6. J . FAULKNER, "Groups with Steinberg Relations and Coordinizations of Polygonal Geometries," Memoirs A.M.S. 10, Number 85, 1977. 7. T . A. FOURNELLE, K. W . W E S T O N , Verbal embeddings and a geometric approach to some group presentations, J. Algebra 124 (1989), 300-316. 8. T . A. FOURNELLE, K. W . W E S T O N , A generalization of Malcev's corre spondence between rings and groups and a class of Lie groups, Contributions to Contemporary Mathematics (A.M.S.) 131 (1992), 113-122. 9. T . A. FOURNELLE, K. W . W E S T O N , A geometric approach to some group presentations, Combinatorial Group Theory, Conference at the University of Maryland, April 1988, Contributions to Contemporary Mathematics, (A.M.S.) 109 (1990), 25-33. 10. T . A. FOURNELLE, S. SIDKI, K. W . W E S T O N , On algebraic embeddings of
rings into groups, Arch. Math. (Basel), 51 (1988), 425-433. 11. T . A. FOURNELLE, S. SIDKI, K . W . W E S T O N , Cyclically symmetric presen
tations for SL3 and G2, Arch. Math (Basel), 61 (1993), 409-420. 12. J . H. HUMPHREYS, "Introducton to Lie Algebras and Representation The ory," Springer-Verlag, New York, 1972. 13. D GORENSTEIN, "Finite Simple Groups," Plenum Press, New York, 1982. 14. I. GROSSMAN, W . M A G N U S , "Groups and Their Graphs," New Mathematical Library, Number 14, Mathematical Association of America, 1964. 15. H. L A U S C H , W . NOBAUER, "Algebra of Polynomials," North Holland Pub lishing Co., Amsterdam-New York-Oxford, 1973. 16. W . M A G N U S , A. K A R A S S , D. SOLITAR, "Combinatorial Group Theory,"
Dover Publications, Nff©dj&jrf?giJ#g6i 225
226
References
17. A. I. MALCEV, A correspondence between rings and groups, Amer. Soc. Transl. (2) 45 (1960), 221-231.
Math.
18. W. D. MAURER, J. L. RHODES, A property of finite non-abelian groups, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc, 16 (1965), 552-554. 19.
J. MILNOR, "Introduction to Algebraic K-Theory," Annals of Mathematics Studies, Number 72, Princeton University Press, Princeton, N.J., 1971.
20. D. J. S. ROBINSON, "Generalized Soluble Groups," Volumes 1 and 2, Springer-Verlag, New York 1972. 21. D. J. S. ROBINSON, "A Course In The Theory of Groups," Graduate Texts in Mathematics, Number 80, Springer-Verlag, New York, 1980. 22. W. R. S C O T T , "Group Theory," Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, N. J., 1964. 23. S. SiDKi, Solving certain group equations in PGL(2,k) - a computational approach, Matemdtica Contemporanea, (Sociedade Brasileira de Matemdtica) 7 (1994), 59-70. 24. R. STEINBERG, Lectures on Chevalley Groups, Yale University Notes, 1967. 25. R. STEINBERG, Generateurs, relations et revetements de groupes algebriques, Colloq. Theorie des groupes algebriques, Bruxelles 1962, 113-127. 26. S. T H O M A S , Classification Theory of Simple Locally Finite Groups, Doctoral Thesis, Bedford College, University of London, 1983. 27. K. W . W E S T O N , An equivalence between non-associative ring theory and the theory of a special class of groups, Proceedings Amer. Math. Soc., 6 (1968), 11356-1362. 28. K. W . W E S T O N , On nilpotent class 2 groups and the Steinberg groups ST(3,R),Arch. Math. 45 (1985), 207-210.
Index A
E
Adjoint mapping, 98 Alternating group general verbal embedding in, 16 of degree five, 11, 16
Embedded at each vertex, 23, 154 Encoding polynomial of a general verbal embedding, 13 Encoding word, 1 minimal, 18 Exponential map, 98 can be defined, 98
B Basic linkages, 21 Bergman, George, 15 Bracket operator, 96
F
c Campbell-Baker-Hausdorff formula, 99 Cartan matrices, 109 CAYLEY, 6, 11, 42, 155, 176, 183, 192 Center of a linkage, 21 Chevalley group, 115 Chevalley groups twisted, 115 Collection algorithm, 72 Collection process, 72 Comerford, Leo, 16, 64-65 Commutator part, 145 Constant group, 1 cyclic 21 as, 43 cyclic 7 as, 6, 32 free group as, 32, 37 S3 as, 32
227
Finite simple groups polynomial completeness of, 14 First factor, 74 Fixed-point-free action, 44 Fournelle, Thomas, 1, 6, 158 Free products of linkage graphs, 70 Free products with amalgamation, 4, 64 Freely reduced, 71
G G2 verbal embedding in, 7 Gates, 74 General verbal embedding definition of, 13 encoding polynomial, 13 Graph groups, 25 Group commutator, 1 Group conjugate, 1
228
H Hall-Witt identity, 35 Heptagonal Lie algebra, 117, 154 Hexagonal Lie algebra, 98, 108 Hexagonal linkage graph, 23
I Infinite dimensional Lie algebra, 154 Isomorphism problem, 38, 221
J Jacobi identity, 95 Janko's first group, 11 special verbal embedding in, 17
L Lagrange polynomial, 17 Last factor, 75 Lewin, Jacques, 25 Lichtman, Alexander, 4 Lie algebra, 95 Lie bracket, 95 Lie group associated to a Lie algebra, 101 Lie ring, 95 Linkage algebra special, 144 Linkage graph, 9 anti-automorphism, 25 anti-isomorphim, 25 antihomomorphism, 25 automorphism, 25 definition of, 21 homomorphism, 25 isomorphism, 25 n-chain, 39 polygonal, 39 special, 144
Index
standard, 85 Linkage group, 11 Linkage group and simple groups, 33 and Steinberg groups, 33 and verbal embeddings, 29 center of, 83 constructing, 63 definition of, 22 free subgroups in, 82 special, 144 standard, 85 torsion elements in, 83 Linkage Lie algebra, 95 Linkage Lie group, 101 Linkage relations, 96 Linkage subgraph, 39 Linkages, 21 Locally nilpotent transformation, 98
M Main part, 145 Malcev, 1 Mathematica, 155-156, 165, 172 Mathieu groups verbal embeddings in, 189 Minimal encoding word special role of, 18 Moves in front of, 72, 146 Moves to the first spot, 146
N n-chain graph, 39 n-fold commutator, 78 Newman, Michael, 16, 42 Nielsen-Schreier Theorem, 82 Nilpotent transformation, 98 Normal Form Theorem, 80
Index
Not freely reduced, 71
o Odd order paper, 15
P Pentagonal algebra, 120 Pentagonal group, 120 Perfect groups and verbal embeddings, 7 Polygonal linkage graph, 39 Polynomial over a group, 14 Polynomially complete, 14, 17 PSL(3,F) verbal embedding in, 33
R React with each other, 71, 143 Reduced, 72 Reduced word, 72 Reduction process, 146 Regular action, 44 Replacement moves, 72 Residually solvable group, 14 and general verbal embeddings, 14 Roots, 115
s Serre's relations, 111 Serre's Theorem, 112 Sidki, Said, 1, 35, 224 Simple groups and linkage groups, 33 and verbal embeddings, 33 sporadic, 47 Solvable groups and verbal embeddings, 8
229
Special linear group verbal embedding in, 2 Special linkage algbera, 144 Special linkage graph, 144 Special linkage group, 144 Special verbal embedding in A5, 16 definition of, 13 in J l , 17 Sporadic simple groups, 46 Standard epimorphism, 70 Standard isomorphism, 70 Standard linkage graph, 85 Standard linkage group, 85 Steinberg group, 8, 21, 23, 45 Steinberg group generalization, 3 action of symmetric group, 3 and linkage groups, 33 definition of, 2 linkage graph of, 34 verbal embedding in, 2 Symmetric group acting on Steinberg group, 3
T Thomas, Simon, 18 Tits' alternative, 222 Transformation moves, 144 Twisted Chevalley groups, 115
u Unitary group verbal embedding in, 6, 32 Universal algebra, 13 Upper unitriangular matrices, 9, 12, 24
230
V Verbal embedding, 1 Verbal embedding and perfect groups, 6 and linkage groups, 29 and simple groups, 33 general, 13 in G2, 7 in SL(3,F), 2 in sporadic groups, 47 in Steinberg groups, 2 in Unitary group, 6 into PSL(3,F), 33 special, 13 Z in GL(2,C), 18 Z in PSL(2,C), 18 Vertex subgroup, 23, 63 Vertices reacting with each other, 71
w Weston, Kenneth, 1, 35
Index